-ocr page 1-

■quot;sasarar 'lif.

STUDIES ON THE FAUNA OF
CURACAO, ARUBA, BONAIRE
AND THE VENEZUELAN ISLANDS

P. WAGENAAR HUMMELINCK

-ocr page 2-

quot;'ft

if --

^ f

'4
i «

/

/ f

• • l -v»- . •• .

Tt?\ - ,

s

^ t

-ocr page 3-

JV-*/

h.' '

/

-r

V

;

«i

\ X l

[

•gt; «

» f
i

-^i'L^ i quot; ï^r c '•■i''^ *

j

I

\ quot;quot; ^ ' , , ^

-ocr page 4-

kit

(•viÂ'^v-

: ;

; - ? »r

c ^ :

■ r ' ■ ^

.1' - ' 'ii

j

■ fviajt-

-ocr page 5-

STUDIES ON THE FAUNA OF CURAgAO, ARUBA,
BONAIRE AND THE VENEZUELAN ISLANDS

-ocr page 6-
-ocr page 7-

STUDIES ON THE FAUNA OF CURAQAO,
ARUBA, BONAIRE AND THE
VENEZUELAN ISLANDS

PROEFSCHRIFT

TER VERKRIJGING VAN DEN GRAAD VAN
DOCTOR IN DE WIS- EN NATUURKUNDE AAN
DE RIJKS-UNIVERSITEIT TE UTRECHT OP
GEZAG VAN DEN RECTOR MAGNIFICUS
Dr. F. H. QUIX, HOOGLEERAAR IN DE
FACULTEIT DER GENEESKUNDE, VOLGENS
BESLUIT VAN DEN SENAAT DER UNIVERSITEIT
TEGEN DE BEDENKINGEN VAN DE FACULTEIT
DER WIS- EN NATUURKUNDE TE VERDEDIGEN
OP MAANDAG 8 JULI 1940 TE 15 UUR

DOOR

PIETER WAGENAAR HUMMELINCK

GEBOREN TE VLAARDINGEN

N.V. DRUKKERIJ P. DEN BOER - UTRECHT

quot;^iir'

1785 9475

-ocr page 8-
-ocr page 9-

Aan mijn ouders

Aan Je nagedachtenis van mijn grootouders

-ocr page 10-

„Wij kannen niet allen metselaar zijn;
er moeten er ook zijn die de sfeenen aandragen.quot;

-ocr page 11-

Hoewel mijn dank thans uitgaat naar allen die tot mijn geeste-
lijke vorming hebben bijgedragen, wil ik mij hier beperken tot
hen. die haar in wetenschappelijke richting het meest hebben
béinvloed.

In den allereersten plaats wil ik mijn Ouders mijn diepsten dank
betuigen, dat Zij mij in staat stelden biologie te studeeren, waarbij
ik het zeldzame voorrecht heb genoten jaren lang de vervulling van
mijn innigste wenschen te kunnen nastreven.

Waarde Groot E n z e r i n k en de Graaf, nog dikwijls
denk ik terug aan de tochten naar den Achterhoek. Twente en
Zuid-Limburg, die ik. als schooljongen, onder Uw leiding heb
mogen maken. Gij hebt de grondslagen gelegd voor mijn latere
studie aan de Universiteit. Dat de omstandigheden mij hierbij naar
Utrecht voerden, heeft mij steeds ten zeerste verheugd.

Met grooten eerbied en dankbaarheid gedenk ik het onderricht,
dat ik van mijn leermeester
N i e r s t r a s z heb mogen ontvangen.
Hij leerde mij méér dan vergelijkende anatomie, ook critiek en
bescheidenheid.

De herinnering aan Professor Went is mij eveneens zeer
dierbaar.

Hooggeleerde R u 11 e n, Gij zult begrijpen, dat het niet alleen
Uw onderricht in de geologie is. waaraan ik met een gevoel van
bijzondere erkentelijkheid terugdenk: Uw voortdurende belang-
stelling in mijn werk is voor mij van groote waarde geweest. Gij
hebt mij medegenomen naar de Benedenwindsche Eilanden en Ge
weet. wat De West daarna voor mij is gaan beteekenen. Het doet
me goed. U en Mevrouw
R u 11 e n. hier nog eens te kunnen
bedanken voor de goede zorgen waarmede Gij de leden der
„Utrechtsche Antillen Excursie 1930quot; hebt omringd en het goede
voorbeeld, dat Gij hen in vele dingen hebt gegeven.

-ocr page 12-

Hooggeleerde Pulle, Uw onderricht in de systematische plant-
kunde was voor mij van groot belang. Door mijn werk in het
herbarium heb ik vele dingen geleerd, welke mij bij de bewerking
van dit proefschrift van groot nut zijn geweest. Uw hulp en
belangstelling. Zeergeleerde
L a n j o u w, heb ik daarbij steeds
zeer gewaardeerd.

Hooggeleerde Jordan, ik heb het altijd als een groot voor-
recht beschouwd, dat het mij vergund is geweest onder Uw leiding
een blik te werpen in de gedachtenwereld der moderne physiologen.
Zeergeleerde
Vonk en Zeergeleerde P o s t m a, U dank ik
voor de prettige medewerking hierbij ondervonden.

Hooggeleerde Möhr, met veel genoegen zal ik steeds terug-
denken aan Uw colleges in de bodemkunde.

Hooggeleerde Raven, voor Uw bereidheid als mijn Promotor te
willen optreden, hoewel ik mij de laatste jaren bewoog op een ter-
rein dat niet geheel het Uwe is, kan ik U niet erkentelijk genoeg
zijn. Het vertrouwen, dat Gij in mij hebt gesteld, hoop ik niet te
hebben beschaamd.

U, Zeergeleerde Hirsch, ben ik dankbaar voor de aantrek-
kelijke practica, waarmede mij op degelijke wijze de beginselen der
dierkunde werden bijgebracht. U, Zeergeleerde de Lange,
Schuurmans Stekhoven, de Marees van Swin-
deren
en van Oordt, ben ik niet alleen erkentelijk voor
allerlei soort van wetenschappelijken bijstand, maar niet het minst
ook voor Uw prettig gezelschap op het zoölogisch laboratorium en
de vele belangwekkende gesprekken bij de middag-thee.

Gij P r ij s hebt mij waardevolle wenken gegeven op teeken-
gebied. Gij
K r e u g e 1 waart steeds bereid mij alle mogelijke hulp
te verleenen. Mejuffrouw
Drinkenburg dank ik voor haar
diensten in de bibliotheek en
C a t o ben ik erkentelijk voor het
keurig schoonhouden van mijn kamer.

Een woord van hulde aan het Personeel van de Utrechtsche
Universiteits-Bibliotheek en aan de Bibliothecaressen van Artis,
Teyler's Stichting en het Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, die
mij steeds zoo prachtig hebben geholpen.

-ocr page 13-

Op het Zoölogisch Museum in Amsterdam heb ik altijd veel
gastvrijheid ondervonden; het verheugt me. Hooggeleerde
d e
Beaufort,
U thans daarvoor dank te kunnen zeggen. Het is
voor een groot deel de prettige sfeer, Zeergeachte Mejuffrouw
van B e n t h e m J u 11 i n g, die mij nog steeds elke gelegenheid
tot een bezoek aan dit Museum doet aangrijpen.

De vele uren, welke ik, worstelend met den Engelschen tekst van
dit proefschrift, heb doorgebracht, werden mij aanmerkelijk verlicht
door
Robert W a r d e 11, die mij met eindeloos geduld den
weg wees bij de vele onbegrijpelijkheden van zijn moedertaal.

Onder het merkwaardige slag menschen, dat in Utrecht biologie
studeert, heb ik mij altijd bijzonder goed thuis gevoeld. Aan Hen.
en ook aan mijn andere Vrienden, dank ik het, dat mijn studie-tijd
zoo'n mooie periode in mijn leven is geworden.

-ocr page 14-

Obtainable from
MARTINUS NIIHOFF. Haag.

-ocr page 15-

STUDIES ON THE FAUNA OF CURAgAO, ARUBA,
BONAIRE AND THE VENEZUELAN ISLANDS: No. 1-3.

GENERAL INFORMATION.

Introduction ... -.....p.nbsp;1.

Qimate . ....... . , ,nbsp;p.nbsp;5i

Surface-water.........p.nbsp;9.

Vegetation..........p.nbsp;10.

Soil ............p.nbsp;10.

History...........p.nbsp;11.

The Territory.........p.nbsp;15.

The Localities.........p,nbsp;23.

Bibliography.........p.nbsp;37.

Maps............p.nbsp;42.

A SURVEY OF THE MAMMALS, LIZARDS
AND MOLLUSKS.

Introduction .........p.nbsp;59.

Mammalia..........p.nbsp;60.

Sauria............p.nbsp;73.

Gastropoda..........p.nbsp;86.

Bibliography.........p.nbsp;103.

ZOOGEOGRAPHICAL REMARKS.

Introduction ......

Distribution of the Species .
Affinities of the Fauna . . .
Palaeogeographical Conclusions
Bibliography......

p. 109.

p. in.
p. 118.
p. 125.
p. 129.

-ocr page 16-
-ocr page 17-

STUDIES ON THE FAUNA OF CURAgAO, ARUBA,
BONAIRE AND THE VENEZUELAN ISLANDS: No. 1.

GENERAL INFORMATION

Introduction..........p. 1,

Climate............p. 5.

Surface-water.........p. 9.

Vegetation..........p. 10.

Soil.............p. 10.

History ...........p. 11.

Tiie Territory.........p. 15.

The Localities.........p. 23.

Bibliography..........p. 37.

The region which forms the field of these studies lies between
Trinidad and the Goajira-peninsula, off the northcoast of South
America, comprising of seventeen islands or island-groups with
a total area of about 2000 square kilometers. It is a part of the
Venezuelan Republic, excepting Cura?ao, Aruba and Bonaire,
which is Netherlands territory. The total number of inhabitants
can be estimated at 164000, chiefly confined to Margarita (70000),
Curasao (61000), Aruba (24000), Bonaire (5500) and Coche
(3000).

This region was visited in 1936 and 1937 with the main object
of studying the land and freshwaterfauna, excluding birds and
the greater part of the insects. For comparison some parts of the
adjacent continent were also visited.

Already in 1868, a clergyman, G. J. Simons, gave an
enumeration of 265 kinds of animals, occurring on the island
of Curagao; the value of this list however is very doubtful.

Scientific surveyance of the Leeward Group began in 1885,
by an expedition of Prof. K. Martin, geologist, and Prof.
W. F. R. S u r i n g a r, botanist, both of the Leyden University,

-ocr page 18-

with an entomologist, J. R. H. Neervoort van de Poll,
and two students.

In 1899 J. Bo eke was send to the Dutch West Indies
to study the fisheries; in 1921 — 1922 the geologist G. J. H.
Molengraaff examined Curagao, and in 1922 C. J.
van der Horst, conservator of the Zoological Museum at
Amsterdam, stayed for some time on the same island to make
a study of the sea-fauna. All three brought back a small collection
of land animals.

The U. S. A. has given more proof of their permanent interest
in the zoology of the Leeward Group. Several official
institutions, principally the Field Museum of Natural History and
the University of Michigan Museum of Zoology, have sent their
staff-members and collectors to this region and have encouraged
private research. In this connection only the names of Henry
R. Raven (abt 1870), J. E. B e n e d i c t and W. N y e (1884),
Wirt Robinson (1895), Austin H. Clark (1901), Ned
Dearborn (1908), John F. Ferry (1909), Horace
Burrington Baker (1922), Paul Bartsch (1929) and
Horace G. Richards (1939) may be mentioned. The works
of Ernst Hartert (1892) and Percy R. Lowe (1904,
1906), and the researches of Adolf Ernst (1871, 1873, 1874),
J. S. Gibbons (1877), Ernst Peters (1890), Alfons
Gabriel (1922-25) and Alf Wollebaek (1925) show
however, that also other nationalities were fascinated by this
desert-island animal world.

The author's interest in the Caribbean Islands off the Vene-
zuelan coast was roused by the news, that Prof. L. M. R. R u 11 e n,
with his wife and five students of the Utrecht University, had
planned a geological excursion to Curasao, Aruba and Bonaire.
After acceptance as a member of this party, we had a glorious
time, camping in western Curasao (14.IV.—4.V.), Bonaire (lO.V.—
lO.VI.) and Aruba (16.VI.—9.VII. 1930). After a wonderful
excursion through the mountains of Tachira and Falcon, as guests
of the Caribbean Petroleum Company, we returned to Curasao
where the „Utrechtsche Antillen Excursie 1930quot; came to an end.

-ocr page 19-

During this trip birds were collected by M. G. Rut ten and
L. VV. J. V e r m u n t, while H. J. MacGillavry spent
his spare time collecting insects. After the departure of my
fellow-travellers, I again visited Bonaire, from August 20th until
December 7th.

Most of my time was devoted to the study of marine fauna,
although much attention was given to inland-waters. The results
of this trip, appearing under the title of quot;Zoologische Ergebnisse
einer Reise nach Bonaire, Curaçao und Aruba, im Jahre 1930quot;
were published in the quot;Zoologische Jahrbücher, Abteilung für
Systematik, Ökologie und Geographie der Tierequot;, vol. 64, 1933
(Nr. 1 — 12) and vol. 67, 1936 (Nr. 14—22), the quot;Capita Zoolo-
gicaquot;, vol. 8, 1936 (Nr. 23), 1937 (Nr. 24), 1939 (Nr. 25-27),
and quot;Mémoires du Musée Royal d'Histoire Naturelle de Bel-
giquequot; ser. 2, part
2, 1935 (Nr. 13). In this series publications
of W. Michaelsen (Nr. 2, Oligochaeta), H. Augener (Nr. 3,
Polychaeta), Walter Rammner (Nr. 4, Phyllopoda), Walter Khe
(Nr. 5, Ostracoda), P. A. Chappuis (Nr. 6, Harpacticoida), Frie-
drich Kiefer (Nr. 7, Cyclopoida), K. Stephensen (Nr. 8, Amphi-
poda), C. Willmann (Nr. 10, 20, Oribaüdae), Max Beier (Nr. 21,
Chernetes) and M. Sanders (Nr. 22, Pisces) dealt with the land
and freshwaterfauna.

In 1936 and 1937 I again visited the same islands, the main
object being to investigate the land and freshwaterfauna. The
field was however extended to the Venezuelan islands and a
short visit was made to some parts of the adjacent continent for
comparison.

Margarita was traversed by car, with Porlamar as head-quarters
(10.V.-8.VI., 20-24.VI., 29.VI.-18.VII., 4. VIII.-13. VIII.
'36). The islands South and East of Margarita, and the coast of
the state of Sucre were visited by a 4 ton sailing boat (2I.V.,
9.VI.-19.VI., 25.VI.-28.VI.); the islands to the West, as far as
the Aves de Barlovento, were reached by a 10 tonner (19.VII.—
4.VIII.). On Curaçao (21.VIII.-12.XI., 16.XI.-2.XII. '36,
3-12.III., 2-4.IV.
'37), Aruba (4.XII. '36-13.1. '37, 29.1.-

-ocr page 20-

13.11., 25.II.-2.III. '37) and Bonaire (13-15.XI. '36, 22.III.-
l.IV. '37) I stayed at Piscadera Baai, Oranjestad and Kralendijk.
A coaster brought me to Las Piedras, whence I visited the
interior of the peninsula of Paraguana (14.11.—24.11. '37), and
to Puerto Lopez, from where I crossed the peninsula of La Goajira
to Rio Hacha and the Cabo de la Vela (14.I.-28.I. '37).

My grateful thanks are due to the Netherlands and Venezuelan
authorities whose kind assistance made travelling with heavy
luggage smooth and pleasant, and to everybody else who
facilitated my work. My weakness for the West Indies has been
really intensified by the friendly and helpful attitude of the
natives, which I encountered even in the most remote spots of
the Caribbean.

With special gratitude I must refer to the kind gesture of Dr.
E. H e 1 d r i n g, through whom the useful and helpful services
of Mr. C h r. L. B a k k e r, inspector of the Royal Dutch Steam-
ship Company at Caracas, were placed at my disposal. Mr.
B a k k e r officially prepared my visit to Margarita and Para-
guana and brought me in touch with the family Abouhamad
at Porlamar, who were very kind to me during my stay in
Margarita and whose help proved indispensable. The kind
assistance of Clemente Sibu and his family, whilst staying
at quot;Hotel Centralquot; in Porlamar, must also be mentioned. On
Paraguana I was the guest of the Mene Grande Oil Company's
Terminal Las Piedras.

My thanks too must be offered for the car placed at my disposal
by Mr. L. Wagemaker and Mr. J. M. St. van E p s,
the quot;gezaghebbersquot; of Aruba and Bonaire, but the greatest
piece of luck was when the quot;N.V. Curagaosche Petroleum Industrie
Maatschappijquot;, represented by Mr. W. van E ij k, spontaneously
loaned me a car for three months, and in that way made possible
an extensive exploration of the island of Curasao.

Lastly I should like to emphasize that, without the unending
generosity and interest shown by my parents, my neotropical
investigations would be altogether out of the question.

-ocr page 21-

CLIMATE.

The islands are strongly exposed to the tradewinds, which
blow with great steadiness nearly the whole year, directions not
differing much from ENE and E, with a mean velocity of about
5 m sec. (3,4 Beaufort) [Table 1 and 2]. The seawind blows
with only slightly diminished force also during the night, rendering
the heat less oppressive than the high daily means of temperature
would suggest. Only one temperature maximum occurs in the
course of the year, August and September being considered the
hottest months, January and February the coolest; the difference
between highest and lowest monthly means however, rarely
exceeds 4° C [Table 3].

The islands are just S of the most southernly hurricane-tracks,
only occasionally cyclones exert their influence at a fairly safe
distance.

According to its marine situation, the mean relative humidity
is always rather high, the year-mean for Curasao being about
75 %. The degree of cloudiness is rather low. Even in the rainy
season drizzling weather is rare and the rain falls in short-lived
showers, followed by a rapid clearing. Cloudiness is highest in
the morning, lowest at noon and again increasing before sunset.
On Margarita the highest part of the mountains are frequently
wrapped in clouds during twilight, night and dawn.

The mean evaporation of a free watersurface on Curasao,
calculated from monthly means by Molengraaff, may be
estimated at 4.5 (Dec.)—7.5 (Aug.) mm a day.

The Leeward Group wholly falls within the area of low rainfall
which extends along the N-coast of South America, between the
mouths of the Rio Orinoco and that of the Magdalena. The climate
of this isolated dry region belongs to the quot;steppe-climatesquot; of
K 6 p p e n, which are defined by a rainfall of 340—680 mm a year,
if the annual temperature is 27° C. Several scattered smaller areas
are certainly still dryer and may therefore fall within the quot;desert-
climatesquot; of K 6 p p e n. The higher mountains of Margarita and,
in less degree, also the highest tops of Tamarindo and Curasao,
may receive considerably more rain and form wet islands in a
dry surrounding.

-ocr page 22-

TABLE 1.

Wind at Willemstad (from Braak, 1935)

Jan.

Febr

March

Apr.

May

June

July

Aug.

Sept

Oct.

Nov.

Dec.

Yeai

Fori Amsferdam, 1910—Juni 1921
(surrounding buildings made the site of observation unfavourable)

Mean windforce

(Beaufort)

2.6

2.7

3.0

3.1

3.2

3.5

3.3

2.9

2.7

2.1

1.8

2.2

2.8

Mean windvelocity
(m.
p. s.)

3.5

3.7

4.4

4.5

4.8

5.3

4.8

4.1

3.6

2.7

2.2

2.8

3.9

Direction wind-
vector (N...E)

85°

85°

84°

86°

87°

87°

87°

88°

89°

89°

87°

86°

87°

Stability (%)

97

97

98

98

98

99

98

97

i 98

94

95

98

97

Cas Chiquito, July 1921—1926
(a little farther from the sea but in a more favourable position)

Mean windforce
(Beaufort)

3.1

3.1

3.5

3.9

4.1

4.0

3.8

3.6

3.2

2.6

2.4

2.6

3.3

Mean windvelocity
(m. p. s.)

4.5

4.5

5.3

6.1

6.5

6.3

5.9

5.5

4.7

3.5

3.1

3.5

4.9

Direction wind-
vector (N...E)

94°

94°

90°

94°

96°

94°

97°

97°

98°

99°

91°

91°

95°

Stability (%)

93

94

93

96

95

96

94

92

90

84

88

91

92

TABLE 2.

Frequencies o/ windforce and winddirection,
numbers for 10000 observations, at Willemstad
(Fort Amsterdam), 1910—Juni 1921.

(from Braak, 1935; surrounding buildings made the site of observation unfavourable)

i

s

W

[8

w

w

c/3

W

w

474
942
2067
3958
2071
452
35
1

63
88
81
24
6

164
389
544
247
59
6

35
54
29
7

596
1460
3223
1771
383
27
1

51
60
66
20
4
1

14
5
2

— 1

1409 7461

Total

262

202

126

21

12

10000

-ocr page 23-

TABLE 3.
Temperature

Willemstad from Braak, 1935; Maracaibo from Jahn, 1934.
Las Piedras from the original records of the Mene Grande Oil Co. C.a.

Las Piedras
(1927-29, 1931-36)

Willemstad
(1910-1933)

Maracaibo
(1915-1931)

Mean
min.

Mean
max.

Mean

Mean
max.

Abs.

Abs.
max.

Mean

Mean
max.

Mean

Mean

Mean

Jan.

Febr.

March

April

May-

June

July

Aug.

Sept.

Oct.

Nov.

Dec.

26,5
27,0
27,9
28,7

29.5
29,7
30,0
30,4

30.6

30.7
28,6

26.8

21,8
22,2
23,0
24,0
24,8
25,0
25,2
25,4
26,0
25,6
24,6
22,6

31,2
31,8
32,8
33,4
34,2
34,4
34,8
35,4
35,2
35,8
32,6
31,0

25,8
25,8
26,2
26,8

27.5

27.6

27.7
28,1
28,5
28,2
27,5
26,7

23,1
23,1
23,5

24.3

25.0

25.1
25,0

25.4

25.8

25.5

24.6

23.9

28,6
28,7
29,2
29,7

30.4

30.5
30,5

31.1
31,5
31,0

30.2
29,2

20,1
19,0

17.0

20.1
21,0
21,5
22,0
21,5
21,5
21,0
20,0
20,4

30.5

32.6

32.2
32,5
35,5

34.3

34.5
35,0

35.6
34,5
33,5
32,3

27.1

27.2
27,6
28,2
28,1
28,8
29,1

29.0
28,6

28.1
27,6
27,5

23,7
23,9
24,5
25,2

25.7
25,9

25.8
25,8
25,5
25,0
25,0
24,4

31,0

31.3
32,0

32.4

33.0

33.1
33,4
33,4

32.4

31.5
30,9
30,9

Year

28,9

24,2

33,6

27,2

24,5

30,0

17,0

35,6

28,1

25,0

32,1

In Curasao, Aruba, Bonaire and, probably, the neighbouring
islands as far as Orchila, the rainfall is scarce from February till
September. On Curagao the precipitation in the dry-season is
about 200 mm, against 350 mm in the wet-season, October till
January. A similar relation exists in Paraguana and La Goajira.
On the eastern Venezuelan Islands however, the heaviest rain
falls later in the season, while the midsummer-rains are also
important, being the main water supply of the opposite mainland
[Table 4]. The distribution of the rainfall is rather irregular,
owing to the frequent occurrence of local showers.

On Curasao the number of rain-seasons, in which the precipi-
tation is less than the mean rainfall, is larger than the number
in which it is more. If, during the rain-season there is less than
the mean, we might add these four months to those of the dry-
season, getting in this way the notion of dry-period, which lasts
at least 8 4 8 months. By a succession of poor rain-seasons

-ocr page 24-

TABLE 4.
Mean Rainfall

Carupano, La Asuncion in part, Cumana, Coro and Maracaibo from P i 11 i e r,
1936; Kralendijk, Willemstad and Oranjestad from Braak, 1935; La Asuncion
in part and Piedras from the original records.

vn
»

Co
2

s

o\
g

g.
■3

s
0^

oC
ts

0
(N

0\

1
u
S

s
lt;

s
■s

to
d

cn

2
g

1
Ü

JS

CO
CO

gt;A
§

g
Ê

CO

2
t

s;

(SO

-0

0

1
Ï

CO
CO

c^
\

1

■o

B
(/)
(U

f
O

Ó
2
0

S

OS
OS
CN

o\

ÖÏ
a

lt;u

£

Vi
(0
i-J

m
o\

2
a
u

18

1

Jan.

45

93

5

27

55

55

50

19

12

3

Febr.

30

41

4

20

27

26

14

5

9

1

March

27

25

4

28

15

22

14

17

4

4

April

19

6

3

20

16

21

14

11

5

15

May

55

10

10

33

12

12

11

30

16

59

June

162

42

25

56

16

22

13

12

8

61

July

132

44

43

38

26

30

23

35

8

54

Aug.

109

36

56

33

24

34

23

21

16

53

Sept.

71

32

51

65

39

32

35

44

41

75

Oct

58

31

29

42

70

90

67

59

87

121

Nov.

77

48

47

74

122

126

109

75

99

79

Dec.

92

99

44

62

90

89

74

42

49

13

Year

877

507

321

498

511

559

447

370

354

538

Mmim,

439

96

56

201

137

107

138

256

(1920)

(1924)

(1919)

(1930)

(1930)

(1920)

(1929)

(1930)

Maxim.

1431

1271

851

1403

1075

763

663

1179

(1933)

(1927)

(1931)

(1927)

(1906)

(1932)

(1933)

(1931)

-ocr page 25-

such a dry-period may extend for several years. Molengraaff
determined, largely on rainfall-observations of the last 200 years,
the following dry-periods for Curasao: 3 periods of 68 months,
3 of 56, 3 of 44, 3 of 32 and 10 of 20 months. Probably such
unfavourable conditions also occur in other parts of this dry
region.

SURFACE-WATER.

The drainage area being mostly hilly and little wooded, the
weathered surface layers thin and the showers heavy, much
rainwater runs straight to sea. Therefore many valleys are dammed
for agricultural purposes, changing the surfacewater into ground-
water. The accumulated water usually gets a bad composition and
dries up; often wells are dug behind the dams for drinking and
irrigation purposes.

In the hmestone region most of the rainwater quickly reaches
the watertable and often runs along the surface of the underlying
and more impervious rock. Where this horizon is exposed springs
are to be expected. These hillside springs are often permanent,
although clearly influenced by the rainfall (e.g. Hato and San
Pedro on Curasao, Fontein in Bonaire and Aruba).

In the lower limestone regions, every hole and fissure which
reaches the watertable, may be connected with large cavities
filled with fresh or brackish water. The cavern-water has pushed
aside the seawater and is often clearly in balance with it. In the
limestone-plateau of southern Bonaire the watersurface in such
holes after rains quickly reaches again its normal level, scarcely
lowering in the dryest periods. In several of these holes, as far
as and more than 1 km from the shore (Pos Calbas), oscillations
of the watertable may be observed, which must be associated
with the tide.

In the non-calcareous regions permanent springs are less fre-
quent. On Curagao four or five occur in the neighbourhood of the
Seroe Christoffel and on Bonaire one exists on the northern slope
of the Brandaris. On Aruba there are more, even forming rivulets,
which however are of little importance owing to their high salinity.

On Margarita, several small streams find their way down from

-ocr page 26-

the Cerros de Copey, swelling no doubt during rains to torrents,
but in the dry season they become rather insignificant brooklets,'
drying up long before reaching the sea, and are scarcely sufficient
to supply the more populated centres with drinkwater.

VEGETATION.

Resulting from the unfavourable rainfall-conditions, the quot;tropical
dry-forestquot; vegetation has a pronounced xerophytic character,
dominated by deciduous and thorny shrubs of Euphorbiaceae,
Mimosaceae, Papilionaceae, Rubiaceae and cactuses. Frequently
it has been developed as an open vegetation with scattered shrubs
and occasional small trees. In Venezuela this type is called
quot;espinaresquot; or quot;cardonalesquot;, characterized resp. by a predomin-
ation of thorny shrubs and columniferous cactuses; on the Dutch
Islands it may be generally called quot;Croton-vegetationquot;, determined
by
Croton flavens and Acacia. The ground is very exposed, in
a few places only a more coherent plantcovering has been more
or less artificially obtained. Where desert conditions prevail or
the soil is fully exposed to the tradewind, a very scanty plantlife
may be observed. The sabana's of La Goajira and northern Falcon
are very poor, having a richer grassy covering in wintertime only.

A poor quot;tropical semi-deciduous forestquot; vegetation may be found
in a few protected places with more favourable rainfall-conditions.
In the Cerros de Copey on Margarita a more abundant vegetation
occurs, occasionally even being comparable with quot;tropical rain-
forestquot;.

Along the sea-shore, also bordering the inland bays, a beach-
vegetation may be found, often connected with a considerable
growth of mangroves. Beach-vegetation appeared to be the only
covering of several small islands, and the isolated rocks of
Centinela and La Sola even were devoid of all plant life.

SOIL.

Nearly 30 % of the Leeward Group area consists of quaternary
coralrock or coral-detritus; a very small area only is formed of
older calcareous rock. On Curasao, Aruba and Bonaire the higher

-ocr page 27-

situated beds must have belonged to a limestone-cap, extending
over the greater part of the islands, which is rarely more
than 30 m thick. These beds are bordered by lower and younger
limestone terraces near the sea. The limestone generally shows
a quot;lapiesquot; or quot;Karrenquot; habit, while the rock has been weathered
into a reddish-brown substance which has been washed into
caverns or removed by the wind. Many caves exist, often still
filled with the groundwater, which are made accessible by collapse
of the roof or exposure through an escarpment. In the higher
parts, water and wind have created a cuesta-landscape, broad
valleys with steep escarpments or narrow gorges, while near the
coast the sea has modelled chasms and large coves. Tortuga,
Las Aves, Klein Bonaire, Klein Curasao and the Roques Islands,
with exception of El Gran Roque, consist of corallogeneous
material only. No limestone exists on the Testigos Islands, Los
Frailes, Los Hermanos and Centinela.

The non-calcareous soil consists of igneous and sedimentary
rock of various composition. In the dry season a rather constant
aerial drift of finely weathered material may be observed,
depriving the hills of their most valuable soilmaterial, which
enriches the detritus-deposits towards the W and SW, but for
the greater part is lost in the sea.

HISTORY.

Margarita was discovered by Cristobal Colon in 1498;
Curasao by Alonso de Ojeda in 1499.

The interest of the visitors was keenly focussed on gold, pearls
and slaves. At first the northcoast of South America was only
occasionally ransacked, but soon this was more systematically
done by the Spaniards from the settlements of Cumana (1522),
Coro (1527) and Santa Marta (1525), ably assisted by the
Welser-firm from Augsburg until 1546. At this time the chief
trade of the Spaniards had already been transferred to more inland
centres, such as Caracas, Valencia, Merida and Bogota.

The pearlfisheries near Margarita were primarily organized
from Cumana; at first they were very profitable and even the

-ocr page 28-

desert-island of Cubagua founded a settlement, but soon the great
profits were cut down and Cubagua was abandoned. Nowadays,
the pearlfisheries South of Margarita, strictly controlled by the
Venezuelan Government, are still of importance, whilst those on
the western coast of the peninsula of La Goajira have more
obviously decreased.

The original inhabitants of Curasao, Aruba, Bonaire and the
opposite mainland, were the Caquetios, belonging to the Arowaks,
while the inhabitants of Margarita and the adjacent continent
were the Guaiqueris, belonging to the Garibs. The small part
which survived the first contact with European civilisation was
soon assimilated, only the Indians from the Goajira-peninsula
remained.

Curasao was seized by the Dutch in 1634, as a base against
the Spaniards. They searched for salt and logwood. Salt was
chiefly taken from the pans of Punta de Araya and of Tortuga;
later their want was provided by the salt industry of Bonaire,
Curacao and St. Martin. Logwood
(Haematoxylon Brasiletto) was
especially collected on Bonaire, Tortuga, Curasao and Paraguana.

Owing to its favourable situation and excellent anchorage,
Curasao soon became a centre of illicit trading and an important
slave-market. Besides all this, much attention was given to
planting. After the emancipation set-back in 1862 many experi-
ments were carried out to improve agriculture and cattle-breeding,
but without lasting success, leaving the shipping of Willemstad
the only important feature of the colony. Some phosphate- and
goldmining in Aruba, already stopped in 1916, and a more
endurable exploitation of the phosphate-layers of Curasao brought
new profits, whilst the opening of the Panama-canal greatly
improved Curasao's position in world-trade. The most drastic
alterations however were connected with the development of the
petroleum industry in the Maracaibo-basin, which gave rise to
the establishment of large refineries on Curagao and Aruba.

Margarita has seen fewer changes. Agriculture largely filled
the local wants but has never been very important, and the
mining of magnesite near Paraguachi was short-lived. The salt
industry, a government monopoly, is extensively carried out along

-ocr page 29-

the coasts of Sucre, Falcon and Zulia, on the island of Coche and
on the western shore of La Goajira.

It is rather difficult to get an idea of the island-region vegetation
in former days. The interest of the visitors was obviously con-
centrated on useful plants and the statements of the inhabitants
were invariably biased. Although the first travellers already do
not give a very cheerful account of the vegetation, yet it is without
doubt that human agency has badly influenced the plantlife of
this region. Especially in the beginning much has been carelessly
cut down for private use, commerce or arable land. Charcoal-
burning was always an important business. Goats were kept on
a large scale and permitted to run wild even on the smallest island.

Along the Venezuelan mainland -coast the quot;espinaresquot; and
quot;cardonalesquot; are distinctly spreading at the cost of the dry-forest,
whilst the enormous extension of xerophytic associations in the
basin of the Rio Tocuyo is also due to wood-destruction. Very
probably the greater part of the island-area is covered with
second-growth, which might be rather poor in comparison with
the original vegetation. It is not certain that this vegetation will
even re-establish itself; in the mean time the weathered soil has
been largely removed by wind and water and because of this
much ground is hopelessly spoilt.

It is not impossible that, by altering the vegetation, human
agency has noticeably changed the macro-chmate, although there
are no data which point to such a change in historical time. The
occurrence of an isolated dry region along the northern coast of
South America is generally explained by the presence of cold
water, welling up from deeper layers, because the equatorial-
current has been forced to move away from the continent beyond
Trinidad; therefore it is not very probable that the chmatological
conditions have changed much since pleistocene time. On the
other hand, the common occurrence of extensive weathered
dripstone formations and the lack of important active dripstone
deposits, show that the chmate of Curasao, Aruba and Bonaire
must have been considerably less arid for some time, after the
emergence of the lower limestone terraces.

-ocr page 30-

It is clear that the arrival of man with his wood-destruction,
land-cultivation and introduction of plants, cattle, fowl and
domestic animals, has seriously impaired the local fauna. Animal
life was constantly threatened. Turtles nowadays are very rare
near the Dutch Islands, but in 1737 their slaughtering in Willem-
stad was prohibited because of the nasty smell. An order was
issued the same year, protecting the booby's which occured in
great numbers on Klein Curasao, but which have at the present
time entirely disappeared from this and the neighbouring islands.
In 1926 several useful animals were protected in the territory of
Curasao; in 1931 this too was extended to some which were
becoming extinct.

-ocr page 31-

THE TERRITORY.

LOS TESTIGOS.

Eleven islands or island-groups, seven being of considerable size. Greatest
distance between two islands estimated at 10 km; total area est. 4 km^. Highest
point abt. 200 m. Only the Morro de la Iguana and Tamarindo inhabited.

Morro de la Iguana.

Situated ll'°21'30quot; N. Lat., 63°5'30quot; W. Long. Gr.; km S of Tamarindo,
70 km from the continent; separated from the latter by water of 60 m deep.
Greatest length est. VA km, width 2/3 km; area est. 2/3 km2. Highest point est.
100 m. Inhabitants (1936) 44.

Consisting of granitic rocks. Higher parts with a considerable growth of
shrubs and small trees. A minor centre of fisheries.

Chiwo.

Situated 11P21'30quot; N. Lat., 63°5'30quot; W. Long.; 200 m N of the Morro de
la Iguana. Greatest length est. 300 m, width 100 m; area est. 1/50 km^. Highest
point est. 20 m.

Consisting of granitic rocks. With some growth of shrubs and small trees.
Angoletta.

Situated 11°22' N. Lat., 63°5'30quot; W. Long.; 200 m S of Tamarindo, 1 km
N of Chiwo. Greatest length est. 80 m, width 25 m; area est. i/i„oo km^.
Highest point est. 10 m.

Consisting of porphyrites. With a considerable growth of herbs and shrubs.

Tamarindo (Testigo Grande).

Situated 11°22'-11'°24' N. Lat., 63°5'^63°7' W. Long.; 72 km from the
comment, 155 km WSW of Grenada; separated from the former by water of
60 m deep, from the latter by water of abt. 1000 m. Greatest length est. 4 km,
width 1 km; area est. ly^ km^. Highest point abt. 200 m. Inhabitants (1936) 3.

Consisting of granitic rocks. Lee-side covered by a considerable growth of
shrubs, the higher parts even rather densely wooded with small trees.

Isla de Conejo.

Situated 11°24' N. Lat., 63°5' W. Long.; 2M km NNE of Tamarindo. Greatest
length est. 114 km, width Yi km; area est. ^ km^. Highest point est. 80 m.

Consisting of porphyrites. Lee-side with a rather considerable growth of shrubs
and small trees.

LA SOLA.

Situated 11 quot;2^ N. Lat., 63°34' W. Long. Gr.; 24 km NE of Puerto Real,
50 km W of Tamarindo; separated from both by water of 40—50 m deep
Greatest length estimated at 30 m, width 15 m; area est. km^. Highest
point est. 7 m.

Consisting of an unknown kind of rook. Devoid of plant-life, (not visited)

-ocr page 32-

LOS FRAILES.

Seven islands of considerable size and several rocks. Greatest distance between
two islands estimated at 9 km; total area est. 1}^ km^. Highest point est. 100 m.
Uninhabited.

Puerto Real.

Situated 11°11'-11°12' N. Lat., 63°43'40quot;-63°44'50quot; W. Long. Gr.; 13H
km NE of Margarita; separated by water of 30 m deep. Greatest length est.
lYt km, width ^ km; area est. % km^. Highest point est. 100 m.

Consisting of diabases and diorite. The vegetation is rather scanty, the lee-side
only has often a considerable growth of low shrubs, cactuses predominating.

La Pecha.

Situated 11°12'-11'°12'30quot; N. Lat, 63°45'-63°45'30quot; W. Long.; % km NE
of Puerto Real. Greatest length est. km, width % km; area est. % km^.
Highest point est. 60 m.

Consisting of porphyrites. Lee-side with a considerable growth of low shrubs.

COCHE.

One large island and a couple of rocks.

Situated 10°44'-10°47'50quot; N. Lat., 63°53'40quot;-63°59'50quot; W. Long. Or.;
9 km S of Margarita, 9 km from the continent; separated from the former by
water of 50 m deep, from the latter by water of 10 m. Greatest length 11 ^/s km,
corresponding width Ss/s km; area 50 km^^. Highest point abt. 60 m. Inhabitants
(1926) 2865; San Pedro. Exports: salt.

The island is flattened and consists chiefly of thick deposits of non-calcareous
debris lying on weathered schists.

The vegetation is very scanty, mainly composed of scattered shrubs and
cactuses.

Centre of salt-manufacture and pearl-fisheries.

CUBAGUA.

One large island and a couple of rocks.

Situated 10°47'50quot;-10°50'20quot; N. Lat., 64°8'40quot;^64°13'50quot; W. Long. Gr.;
9 km S of Margarita, 15 km from the continent; separated from the former by
water of 30 m deep, from the latter by water of 60 m. Greatest length 92/5
km, corresponding width 42/5 km; area 26}^ km^. Highest point abt. 60 m. Inha-
bitants (1936) abt. 30.

The island is flattened and consists chiefly of limestones.

The vegetation is very scanty, scattered cactuses predominating.

Recently inhabited by fishermen. The spanish setdement of Nueva Cadiz was
abandoned in the 16th century.

MARGARITA.

One large island, one small islet and a couple of rocks.

Situated 10°51'40quot;^11°10'35quot; N. Lat.. 63°47'^64°24'40quot; W. Long. Or.;
22 km N of the continent; separated by water of 50 m deep. Greatest length

-ocr page 33-

70 km, corresponding width 33 km; area, without inland-waters, abt. 850 km®.
Highest point 990 m (El Copey). Inhabitants (1926) 69392; Porlamar 10547,
Punta Piedras 9060, La Asuncion 7744, Juan Griego 4169, Santa Ana 3992, San
Juan Bautista 3505, El Valle 3201, Pampatar 2722. Exports: dividivi, pearls,
dried fish, straw hats, goatskins.

The island is composed of two parts, connected by a long, narrow wall of
sand and coral-debris, between which is the large Laguna de Arestinga.

The central part of eastern Margarita consists of several metamorphic rocks,
e.g. gneisses, mica-schists, serpentine-schists and marbles; in some localities other
rocks occur which are very probably of granitic origin. In the SE there are con-
siderable areas of calcareous shales and sandstones. The western part of the
island, Macanao, also has a crystalline basement. In the S and the W thick
layers of sand and non-calcareous debris have been deposited. Coral-limestone
terraces occur in SW-Macanao and, in a lesser degree, at a few places near the
S- and N-coast.

The vegetation of the coastal plains is usually very scanty; the lee-side of the
hills however, is often covered by a considerable growth of shrubs, while the
upper parts of the Cerros de Copey are densely wooded, with large trees in
favourable localities. In some higher valleys the vegetation may even be rather
hygrophytic.

The greater part of the inhabitants of San Juan Bautista, El Valle, La Asun-
cion and Santa Ana are agriculturalists; principle products being corn, sugar
cane, beans, bananas, coconuts, cotton, yuca, batates, dates, pineapple, mango,
guayaba and citrus fruit.

hla Blanca.

Situated 10°57'50quot; N. Lat., 63°47'50quot; W. Long.; 2 km E of Margarita; separ-
ated by water of 16 m deep. Greatest length 100 m, width 50 m, area estimated
V400 km=. Highest point abt. 30 m. Uninhabited.

Consisting of phosphatized clastic rock, with guano-deposits. Only a few
plants of
Philoxerus vermicularis occurring.

LOS HERMANOS.

Five islands of considerable size and one small island, some accompanied by
a couple of rocks. Greatest distance between two islands estimated at 15 km;
total area est. 4 km®. Highest point abt. 200 m. Uninhabited.

Morro Fondeadero.

Situated 11°44' N. Lat., 64°25' W. Long. Gr.; 22 km E of Blanquilla, 75 km
N of Margarita; separated from the latter by water of probably more than 200 m
deep. Greatest length est. 1 km, width % km; area est. H km®. Highest point
est. 80 m.

Consisting of amphibolites, diorites and gabbros. With a rather considerable
growth of shrubs and cactuses on the flattened top.

Morro Pando (Orquilla).

Situated 11°48' N. Lat., 64°26' W. Long.; 16 km E of Blanquilla, 7 km N of
Morro Fondeadero; separated from the former by water of probably 100 m deep.

-ocr page 34-

Greatest length est. 2 km. width 1% km; area est. 2 km^. Highest point abt.

Consisting of diorites. Lower lee-side covered by a considerable growth of
shrubs, cactuses predominating; other parts with a more scanty plantcovering.

BLANQUILLA (Isla Blanca).

64°35'-64°39' W. Long. Gr.; 155 km E of
tnbsp;^^ Tortuga; separated from both by water of probably

more than 1000 m dep. Greatest length 11^ km, corresponding width 6H km;
arra abt. 45 km-. Highest point abt. 60 m. Inhabitants (1936) 8

The greater part of die island consists of a flat diorite landscape with gently
sloping hills. Nearly 25% of the area is occupied by coraWimestone, bLdly
capping the older rocks along the E-coast, and occurring as a very narrow fre-
quently interrupted border along the S- and SE-shore.

The landscape often has a sabana-like appearance, with grassy diorite hills
and scattered bushes. The bays on the S-coast are lined with mangroves

fhere is some catde-breeding and several small coconut-groves occur in the S.

TORTUGA.

One large island with four small islets N and NW, a couple of rocks and a
fragmentary reef along the S-coast.

Situated 10°54'30quot;^11°0' N. Lat, 65°12'^65°24'30quot; W. Long. Gr.; 77 km
E of Centinela, 83 km from the continent; separated by water of abt. 200 m
deep. Greatest length 23 km, corresponding width 10 km; area abt. 140 km^
Highest point abt. 30 m. Usually uninhabited.

The island consists of coral-limestone in which three terraces of varying heiqht
may be distinguished.

It generally has a rather considerable growth of shrubs and small trees with
cactuses. The S-shore is often hned with mangroves.
The SE-coast is frequently visited by fishermen and has abandoned salt-pans.

CENTINELA.

One small island with a rock-flat of abt. 2 m high, estimated at 300 m NNW
Situated 10°48' N. Lat, 66°6' W. Long. Gr.; 110 km S of Orchila, 25^ km
from the continent; separated from the former by water not exceeding 1000 m,
from die latter by water of abt. 90 m deep. Greatest length est. 100 m, width
50 m; area est 1/300 km^. Highest point est 20 m. Uninhabited.
Probably consisting of hornstone. Devoid of plant-life.

ORCHILA.

One large island, four islands of considerable size and several small islands
and reef-fragments. Greatest distance between two islands 14 km; total area
estimated at 32 km^. Highest point abt 120 m. Uninhabited.

The smaller islands are formed by a low terrace of coral-rock or are sandy
keys with walls of coral-debris and low dunes. The most northern island was
exploited for guano about 50 years ago.

Huespen.

S^uated ll°47'~ir°49' N. Lat, 66°6'-66°13'30quot; W. Long. Gr.; 52 km E
ot tl Oran Roque, 128 km from die continent; separated from die former by

-ocr page 35-

water of abt. 1400 m deep, from the latter by water probably not exceeding
1000 m. Greatest length 133^ km, corresponding width abt. 3 km; area abt.
25 km^. Highest point abt. 120 m.

The island consists of several outcrops of granitic rocks and gneisses, con-
nected by a very low limestone terrace, occupying abt 70—80 % of the area,
which is partly covered by sand and other detritus.

It has a scanty vegetation with some scattered cactuses and a few low shrubs.

LOS ROQUES.

One large island (according to the map), several islands of considerable size
and a hundred or more small islands and reef-fragments. Greatest distance between
two islands abt. 35 km; total area of the smaller islands estimated at 5 km^.
together with the large island — generally indicated on the map as quot;Cayo
Grandequot; but not found by the author — possibly abt. 60 km^. Highest point
123 m. Only El Gran Roque inhabited.

El Gran Roque.

Situated 11°57'-11°58' N. Lat., 66°40'-66°42' W. Long. Gr.; 77 km E of
Ave de Barlovento, 145 km from the continent; separated from the former by
water of probably more than 1000 m deep, from the latter by water of abt.
1200 m. Greatest length 3^5 km, corresponding width 1 km; area, without inland
waters, IVa km^. Highest point 123 m. Inhabitants (1936) 320.

The rocky part, consisting of granitic rocks, amphibolites and phosphorites, is
very steep and has only on its SE-side considerable deposits of debris, which
gradually pass into a sandy beach enclosing some shallow lagoons.

The rocky soil has a very scanty vegetation, without ordinary shrubs or
trees. The detritus has only beach-vegetation with remnants of a considerable
growth of
Rhizophora.

A rather important centre of fisheries. The W-part has phosphorite-veins
which are of little commercial value.

Isla Larga.

Situated abt. 11°54' N. Lat.., 66°48' W. Long.; abt. 6 km SW of El Gran
Roque. Greatest length est. 5 km, width Vio km; area est. i/s km^. Highest point
est. 5 m.

Consisting of a wall of coral-debris, running E—W, with low dunes, occasion-
ally broadened to a sandy area. It has beach-vegetation with some growth of
Rhizophora.

Cayo de Agua.

Situated abt. 11°53' N. Lat., 66°55' W. Long.; abt. 25 km WSW of El Gran
Roque. Greatest length est. 2 km, width Va km; area est. ^/s km^. Highest point
est. 10 m.

A sandy key, running E-W, with dunes; the W-part being connected to the
main-part by a narrow sandspit of 200 m long, submerged at high tide. It has
beach-vegetation, excepting seven miserable date-palms growing in the centre,
and seven poor coconuts which occur in the W-part of the island.

-ocr page 36-

LAS AVES.

Two or three islands of considerable size and a hundred or more small islands
and reef-fragments, distinguished as Aves de Barlovento and Aves de Sotavento
Greatest distance between two islands abt. 30 km; total area estimated at
km^. Highest point est. 5 m. Probably uninhabited.

Ave de Barlovento.

Skuated 11°27' N. Lat., 67°25' W. Long. Gr.; 85 km E of Bonaire, 24 km E
of Ave de Sotavento, 152 km from the continent; separated from the former by
water of probably more than 1000 m deep, from the latter by water of abt.
1800 m. Greatest length est. 3 km, width ^h km; area est. i/io km^. Highest point
est. 4 m.nbsp;^ f

Consisting of a wall of coral-debris, running E-W, which in the S. is broad-
ened to a sandy area with very low dunes. It has beach-vegetation with a con-
siderable growth of
Rhizophora.

BONAIRE.

One large island and one much smaller island.

Situated 12°2'^12°19' N. Lat. 68°12'^68°25' W. Long. Gr.; 40 km E of
Curasao, 87 km from the continent; separated from the former by water of
1500 m deep, from the latter by water of 1700 m. Greatest length 35 km, corres-
ponding width 11 km; area, without inland-waters, abt. 265 km«. Highest point
243 m (Brandaris). Inhabitants (1937) 5565; Kralendijk, Rincon. Exports (1937)-
charcoal (59000 fl.), aloe-resin (58000 fl.), goats and sheep (15000 fl.), dividivi
(12000 fl.). salt (5500 fl.), manure (4500 fl.).

The island mainly consists of: 1. The quot;Washikembaquot; formation, diabase and
porphyrite, lavas and tuffs, with intercalations of cherts and limestones; forming
the greater part of the hills, including the highest top. 2. A series of limestones
and conglomerates, called quot;Rinconquot; formation and quot;Soebi Blancoquot; conglomerate
occurring only in small areas in the central part. 3. A deposit of upper-eocene
marl SL of Fontem. 4. A quaternary limestone formation which occupies 65-
70 /o of the island area, encircling the older formations, forming table-mountains
(up to 143 m) and a large plateau in the NE and in the S. In the NW hand-
shaped bays occur; they are separated from the sea by a wall of coral-shingle
and may be of considerable depth or entirely dry.

The greater part of the southern limestone plateau has beach-vegetation; tliis
gradually passes into a Crofon-vegetation which, in the higher parts, changes
mto a more forestlike type. Cereoidea are still more predominant than on the
other islands, often entirely covering the hills. Bordering the Lac, probably the
l^argest beach-forest of the Leeward Group occurs, its kmquot; of
Rhizophora
being comparable only to the mangrove growth in the Laguna de las Maritas
on Margarita.

A considerable part of the inhabitants are agriculturalists. Fruitgrowinq
IS confined to small irrigated areas, called quot;hofjesquot;, at Fontein and Bronswinkel.
Klein Bonaire.

Situated 12°9'^12°10' N. Lat, 68°17'30quot;^68°19'30quot; W. Long.; ^ km W
of Bonaire, separated by water of 42 m deep. Greatest length 4 km, correspon-
ding width 2H km; area abt. 7 km«. Highest point 6 m. Uninhabited

Consistmg of a limestone-plateau. It has Crofon-vegetation with some scattered
trees.

-ocr page 37-

KLEIN CURACAO.

Situated ll'gt;59'-12°0' N. Lat., 68°38'30quot;-68°39' W. Long. Or.; 11 km ESE
of Curagao, 61 km from the continent; separated from the former by water of
600 m deep, from the latter by water of 1400 m. Greatest length 2®/5 km, corres-
ponding width % km; area abt. l^/s km®. Highest point nearly 3 m. Inhabited
by 3 coast-guards.

Consisting of a coral-limestone plateau. It has a very poor beach-vegetation.
In former days extensive guano-deposits have been levelled off.

CURACAO.

Situated 12°2'-12°23'30quot; N. Lat., 68°44'30quot;^69°10' W. Long. Gr.; 76 km
E of Aruba, 64 km from the peninsula of Paraguana, separated from the former
by water of 1300 m deep, from the latter by water of 1400 m. Greatest length
59 km, corresponding width 11 km; area, without inland-waters, abt. 425 km®.
Highest point 372 m (Seroe Christoffel). Inhabitants (1937) 60.883; Willem-
stad 29000, Emmastad 24000. Exports (1937): oilproducts (117.382.000 fl.),
phosphate (Tafelberg St. Barbara, 873.500 fl.), straw hats (291.000 fl.), dividivi
(23000 fl.), orange-peel (2500 fl.), salt (1500 fl.).

The island mainly consists of: 1. A formation of diabases, exposed in two
large areas, E and W, which are usually deeply weathered and much denuded.
2. The quot;Knipquot; beds, chiefly cherts and tuffaceous beds, cropping out in the
most eastern part and forming the higher tops. 3. A few small areas of upper-
cretacic quot;Seroe Teintjequot; limestone in the northern part of the island. 4. A some-
what larger deposit of upper-eocene quot;Seroe di Cuebaquot; limestone in the N
and probably also an eocene marl in the S, forming the Seroe Mainsjie.
5. The quot;Midden Curasaoquot; beds, composed of conglomerates, sandstones, shales
and marls, chiefly occurring in the middle of the island. 4. A limestone formation
which occupies 25—30 % of the island-area, partly encircling the older forma-
tions and forming conspicuous table-mountains (up to 230 m). Several hand-
shaped bays occur, they may be of considerable depth or entirely dry.

The vegetation of Cura?ao is nearly the same as that of Bonaire. On the
diabase-hills in the E only a very scanty plant-life may be observed; the W
however, is often rather densely wooded. The higher parts of the Seroe Chris-
toffel have a rather different vegetation, more comparable with that of the
lower parts of the Cerros de Copey.

Owing to shipping and industries, agriculture has been greatly neglected.
Fruitgrowing in several quot;hofjesquot;, and a little horticulture near Willemstad,
is of local importance.

ARUBA.

Situated 12°24'30quot;-12°37'30quot; N. Lat., 69°52'3quot;-70°4' W. Long. Gr.; 27 km
N of the peninsula of Paraguana, 200 km E of the peninsula of La Goajira,
separated from both by water of 180 m deep. Greatest length 30 km, corres-
ponding width 8 km; area abt. 175 km®. Highest point 188 m (Jamanota).
Inhabitants (1937) 23.719; Oranjestad, St. Nicolaas. Exports (1937): oilproducts
(149.303.000 fl.), aloe-resin, manure.

The island mainly consists of: 1. A diabase-schist-tuff formation, the principal
rocks being diabases, cropping out in a hilly landscape which includes the
highest top. 2. A quartzdiorite batholith with its differentiates, occupying the

-ocr page 38-

greater part of the island. In distinction from the diabase landscape the diorite
Tr'Ll'nbsp;f Tnbsp;differentiates, quot;hooibergitequot;. occurs as more

Lnbsp;Hooiberg, 164 m), 3. A limestone formation which occupies

.u ^^ ^^nbsp;encircling the older formations and forming

rather conspicuous table-mountains (up to 135 m). A few handshaped bays
occur, they are either entirely or almost dry. Dunes occur locally along tL
N- and Ashore. Along the S-coast lies a frequendy interrupted shore-reef with
a wall oi coral-shingle and sand, up to 3 m above sea-level

The vegetation of Aruba is largely comparable to that of Bonaire and
L-ura?ao. I he island is very scantily wooded; especially in the non-calcareous
region in the N and the E a very scattered vegetation may be found. The
reet has beach-vegetation with some growth of mangrove

The agriculture was less affected by the industries than in Curasao; the
cultivation of
Andropogon Sorghum is still of importance. Fruitgrowing is
practicahy confined to the -hofjequot; of Fontein. The mining of gold and phosphate
(beroe Colorado) was of great importance until 1916.

LOS MONGES.

Three or four small islands and several rocks; distinguished as Monges
del Sur, two islets to abt. 70 m high, Monge del Este, abt. 45 m high and
Monges del Norte, seven rocks to abt. 45 m high. Greatest distance between
two islandsnbsp;km; total area est. at km^. Uninhabited. Monge del Sur

consists of hornblende-rock and has little plant-life, (not visited)

CONTINENTAL COAST OF SUCRE.

Peninsula de Puerto Santo.

10°44' N. Lat, 63°10' W. Long.; connected with the mainland by a IJ^ km
long, sandy wall; length 1 km, width ^ km, area 14 km^; highest point estimated
100 m. Uninhabited. Crystalline schists and marble. Considerable growth of
herbs and shrubs with scattered small trees.

Morro de Puerto Santo.

10°44' N. Lat., 63°10'30quot; W. Long.; 200 m from the mainland, separated
by water est. 5 m; length est. 1 km, width 2/3 km, area est. Va km^; highest
point est. 100 m. Uninhabited. CrystaOine schists. Grassy plantcovering with
scattered shrubs.

Morro de Esmerarda.

10°39' N. Lat., 63°30'30quot; W. Long.; 200 m from the mainland, separated by
water est. 10 m; length % km, width km, area abt. 34 km^; highest point
est. 70 m. Uninhabited. Crystalline schists. Rather dense growth, cactuses rather
predominating.

Morro de Chacopata.

10°41'-10°43' N. Lat, 63°48'^63°49'30quot; W. Long.; comiected with the
mainland by a 4 km long, sandy wall; length
3% km, width 214 km, area abt
3 km2; highest point abt. 45 m. Inhabitants: est. 300. Thick deposits of non-
calcareous debris with a few outcrops of schists. Very scanty vegetation.

-ocr page 39-

Isla de Caribes.

10°42' N. Lat., 63°5r30quot; W. Long.; km from the continent, separated
by water of 3}4 m; length 1^4 km, width % km, area abt. Vs km^; highest
point abt. 30 m. Inhabitants: est. 50. Chiefly schists. Scanty plantcovering with
scattered bushes.

Lobos,

10°42' N. Lat., 63°53' W. Long.; 2J4 km E of Isla de Caribes, 6 km from
the continent, separated by water of 18 m; combined length of the two islets
H km, width 34 km, area abt. 1/20 km^; highest point abt. 30 m. Usually
uninhabited. Mainly schists. Considerable growth of herbs with scattered shrubs.

PENINSULA DE PARAGUANA.

11°36'-12°12' N. Lat, 69°48'-70°18'30quot; W. Long.; connected with the
mainland by a broad, 25 km long wall of sand and coral-rock; length 683/^ km,
width 60 km, area abt. 2570 km^; highest point abt. 800 m. Inhabitants:
esdmated at 25.000. Limestones, marls and detritus-deposits, broadly encircling
several outcrops of gabbroid rocks. Vegetation generally very scanty, cactuses
often predominating. Exports: dividivi, goats. A crude oil transhipment-station
at the bay of Las Piedras.

PENINSULA DE LA GOAJIRA.

Abt 11°35'-12°28' N. Lat, 71°6'30quot;-abt. 72°15' W. Long.; connected
with the mainland by a low plain of 40 km breadth; length abt. 120 km, width
75 km, area abt. 7000 km^; highest point abt. 800 m. Inhabitants: est. at
10.000. Several mountain-complexes of igneous and metamorphic rocks, often
with considerable layers of sandstone and hmestone, encircled by detritus-
plains with occasional quaternary limestone-terraces. Vegetation generally very
scanty, cactuses often predominating, only the protected central part with a
richer plantcovering. Exports: some cattle, dividivi.

THE LOCALITIES.

A few localities in which collecting has been done in 1930 (cf. Zool. Jahrb.
Syst. 64.
pp. 289—326, 1933), are included without special numbering.
A capital-letter after the station-number indicates a different habitat or a
comparable habitat in another locality; an ordinary-letter indicates that the
same habitat has already been studied before. — The water-temperature is given
only if a constant value could be expected. Netherlands Governmental maps were
used for the altitudes in Curagao, Aruba and Bonaire; other values were
estimated and therefore must be considered as inexact.

Proper names are not translated, therefore it may be useful to explain a few
common terms which often have a special local significance:

Spanish — papiamento or netherlandish — english

aljibe — pos, put — deep well

cerro — seroe, berg, heuvel — mountain, hill

-ocr page 40-

cueva — cueba, spelonk, grot — cave

laguna - tanki; lagoen, lagune — large pond, lake; lagoon

manantial — bron — spring

morro ^ morro, klip, rots ^ rock, rocky island

poza — tanki, plas, vijver — pond

pozo — pos, put — well

quebrada, arroyo — rooi, dal, rivierbed — gully
salina ^ salinja, zoutmeer, zoutvlakte — saltlake, salty mud-flat
At the same time attention may be drawn to the significance of the following
terms which are often quite differently used:

West Indies ^ Antilles, Bahamas, Florida Keys, Bermuda, Cayman I.ds.

tswan I.d, Old Providence, St. Andrews
Antilles -- chain of islands from Cuba to Trinidad and Aruba
Greater Antilles — islands from Cuba to Puerto-Rico
Lesser Antilles _ islands from Virgin I.ds to Trinidad and Aruba
Leeward Islands ~ from Virgin I.ds to Dominica
Windward Islands — from Martinique to Grenada
Caribbees - from the Anegada Passage and Sombrero to Grenada
Wmdward Group -- from Virgin I.ds to Grenada (Bovenwindsche Eilanden,

Isias de Bariovento, Inseln oben dem Winde)
Leeward Group - from Los Testigos to Aruba and Los Monges (Beneden-
wmdsche Eilanden, Isias de Sotavento, Inseln unter dem Winde).

KEY TO THE FRESH AND BRACKISH WATER HABITATS.
I
Underground water

A Connected with limestone: 56, 73; 40, 47, 48, 53 54 55 57 58 61
71, 72, 74, 76, 79, 80, 92, 94, 95, Pepe, jktoe'Largoe!
Guajakä L., Gabriel, Blauwduif, Guajakä K.B.

II Springs

A Connected with limestone: 48, 71, 72, 74, 76, 77, 79. 80; 75. 93
B Unconnected with limestone: 44A. 86. 87. 102, 104; 15, 16,
17, 19, 21,

III Running waternbsp;^^^

A Rapidly or rather quickly streaming, or more quiet pools
A Connected with limestone
a at spring

^ ^^nbsp;......................................................... 48, 7L 72, 76

b near spring

.......................................... 71A, 72A, 74, 76A. 79

c at some distance of spring

cc brooklet ......................................................................................................2

B Unconnected with limestone

a at spring

aa watertrack ........................................................................................jq^

b near spring

^^nbsp;................................................... 17, 19. 88. 104A

c at some distance of spring

bb rivulet ....................................................................................jj 22 27

quot;nbsp;............................21.' 26.' 103

-ocr page 41-

B Slowly or very slowly streaming

A Connected with limestone
a at spring

bb rivulet .................................................................. 77, 80

b near spring

aa watertrack ................................................ 76B, 77A, 80A

B Unconnected with limestone
a at spring

aa watertrack ............................................................... 44A

bb rivulet ............................................................... 86, 102

b near spring

aa watertrack .................................................................. 87

bb rivulet ............................................................ 102A, 104B

c at some distance of spring

bb rivulet .................................................................. 16, 23

dd river ..................................................................... 1, 115

IV Stagnant water

A With more or less regular underground water-supply
A Connected with limestone or coralsand
a in dark caves

aa never dry ............................................................... 56, 73

b connected with dark caves

aa never dry ............ 40, 47, 53, 54, 55, 57, 58, 61, 92, 93, 94, 95,

Shiki, Pepe, Jatoe L., Guajaka L., Gabriel, Blauw-
duif, Guajaka K.B.
c with restricted underground circulation

aa probably never dry ............... 9, 36, 39. 49, 52, 60. 64, 75, 112

bb probably rarely dry .............................. 59. 64A. Oranjepan

B Unconnected with limestone or coralsand
a' deeply or rather deeply dug

aa probably never dry ......... 11, 14, 20, 29. 37. 41. 42. 45. 65, 84

b' free or superficially dug

aa probably never dry ..................... 35, 44, 66, Hoeba, Chikitoe

B Without more or less regular underground water-supply
A Connected with limestone or coralsand

aa probably never dry ........................ 63, 81, 105, 107, 108, 109

bb probably rarely dry .......................................... 70, 96, 106

dd usually dry for several months a year ... 43, 62, 68, 69, 90, 91
B Unconnected with limestone or coralsand

aa probably never dry ...... 13, 18, 38, 50, 78, 82, 83, 100, 110, 114

bb probably rarely dry ...... 28, 30, 31, 32, 46, 67, 89, 101, 111, 113

cc usually dry for a few months a year ...... 3, 4. 5, 6, 8, 10, 12,

24, 25. 51. 65A. 85

dd usually dry for several months a year ...... 7. 33, 34, 97, 98, 99

-ocr page 42-

KEY TO THE LAND HABITATS.

I Strongly influenced by seawafer
1 Small island

11nbsp;......................................................... 156. 200. 200A

bb sandynbsp;................................... 177^ j78^ j79nbsp;^/S

^ Fart ot larger island or continent

^nbsp;............................................................... 247A 253A

II Not . T ^ «.......7................................ ISO' 247, 285, 287. 291

II Wof strongly influenced by seawater

1 Island, more than 5 km from continent

A Usually swamped or moistened by groundwater

a' seriously affected by cultivation

a with limestone ................................................ jg2 193

b without limestone ..........................................................................'

b' not seriously affected by cultivation

b without limestone ....................................... I50 jgj 236

B Not usually swamped or moistened by groundwater........

A Average rainfall more than 800 mm a year

a well protected from trade-wind

b' not seriously affected by cultivation

b without limestone ..............................................................................J44

b rather protected from trade-wind

b' not seriously affected by cultivation

b without limestone .............................. 163, 163A, 163B, 234

d fully exposed to trade-wind

b' not seriously affected by cultivation

b without limestone ............................................. I45 j^g

B Average rainfall less than 800 mm a year

A' In cave-depth

a with limestone ......... 141. 142, 183, 183A, 188, 189, 209 218

0, , . ^ ,nbsp;219, 219A, 250, 251, 251A

o Not in cave-depth

a well protected from trade-wind
a' seriously affected by cultivation

a with limestone ......................................................... 216

b without limestone ............................................ I55 245

b' not seriously affected by cultivation

a with limestone .............................. I39, 140, 208, 238, 263

b without limestone ........................... 165^ 197^ jgg^ 233 235

b rather protected from trade-wind
a' seriously affected by cultivation

a with limestone ............................................. 257, 274, 220

b without limestone ....................................................................................J47

b' not seriously affected by cultivation
a with limestone 173, 190, 207, 211, 213, 220, 231, 240. 244 260A
b without limestone 136, 157, 162, 167, 168, 204, 205, 243A 246

-ocr page 43-

c rather exposed to trade-wind

a' seriously affected by cuhivation

a with limestone .......................................... 186, 259, 264

b without limestone .............................. 148, 172, 172A, 230

b' not seriously affected by cultivation

a with limestone ......... 138, 173A, 175, 184, 184A, 185, 185A.

187, 190A, 191. 199, 199A, 201, 202A, 206, 210, 212,
215, 217, 221, 223, 224, 227, 228. 229, 232, 240A,
241, 242, 242A, 242B, 243, 248A, 249, 255, 256,
260, 260B, 265, 272, 272A, 275, 276
b without limestone... 131, 132, 133, 135, 151, 158, 160, 166, 169,
201A, 204A, 222, 229A, 245A, 268, 268B, 269, 277
d fully exposed to trade-wind

a' seriously affected by cultivation

a with limestone .............................. 258A, 262A, 265A, 271

b' not seriously affected by cultivation

a with limestone ......... 130, 152, 153, 171, I72B, 181, 182, 195,

196, 202, 203, 213A, 214, 225, 226, 237, 239, 248,
253, 254, 258, 261, 262, 266, 267

b without limestone ......... 129, 134, 137, 154, 159, 164, 168A,

170, 174, 176, 252, 252A, 268A, 270, 270A, 273
2 Continent, or island less than 5 km from continent
B Not usually swamped or moistened by groundwater
A Average rainfall more than 800 mm a year
a well protected from trade-wind

b' not seriously affected by cuhivation

a with limestone ................................................... 123, 124

b rather protected from trade-wind

b' not seriously affected by cultivation

a with limestone ......................................................... 125

d fully exposed to trade-wind

b' not seriously affected by cultivation

b without limestone ...................................................... 126

B Average rainfall less than 800 mm a year
b rather protected from trade-wind

b' not seriously affected by cultivation

a with limestone ................................................... 122, 279

b without limestone ...................................................... 281

c rather exposed to trade-wind

b' not seriously affected by cultivation

a with limestone .......................................... 282, 292, 293

b without limestone ........................... 121, 283, 288, 289, 294

d fully exposed to trade-wind

b' not seriously affected by cultivation

a with limestone ................................................ 280, 290A

b without hmestone ........................... 127, 128, 284, 286, 290

-ocr page 44-

TABLE 5.
Water Analyses

„Rijksbureau voor Drinkwatervoorzieningquot;, Utrecht,
through the kind offices of Dr. L. H. L o u w e K o o y m a n s.
(from samples of 80 cc)

Station:

CI'
mg/1

HCOs'

mg/1

Total
hardness
German degr.

Station:

CI'

mg/1

HCOs'
mg/1

Total
hardness
German degr.

1

40

170

7

63

120

100

5

2

290

420

27

63a

850

330

17

4

490

140

23

64

530

430

19

5

200

170

8

64A

5050

_

200

6

380

160

15

65

200

470

24

8

930

230

31

65A

210

540

26

9

1550

560

46

66

1980

450

95

10

550

590

47

67

790

550

50

11

55

430

18

68

40

190

8

12

120

260

9

69

60

310

12

13

70

150

3

70

690

400

27

14

1850

540

130

71

310

400

20

15

80

460

23

72

210

280

16

16

4400

280

73

160

250

12

17

270

760

42

73a

160

230

12

18

150

160

5

74

320

200

17

19

80

95

4

75

450

230

13

20

110

690

29

75a

380

225

12

21

50

100

5

76

230

290

17

22

120

200

10

76Aa

240

300

18

23

390

590

32

77

150

320

16

24

85

160

4

78

310

260

19

26

60

150

5

79

360

400

21

28

55

120

5

80A

460

440

24

29

790

390

23

81

260

170

11

30

460

550

10

82

470

700

36

31

95

270

10

83

710

680

41

32

30

190

8

84

270

600

31

33

30

160

8

85

430

880

44

34

15

220

9

86

600

500

49

35

1450

500

47

87

2100

340

90

36

1650

660

22

88

3500

800

200

37

840

560

24

89

3200

780

160

38

970

690

31

90

44

190

10

39

1340

870

49

91 ■

80

300

45

40

190

350

17

92

400

290

18

41

2100

730

63

93

400

300

19

42

3650

910

100

94

960

390

26

43

1350

680

46

95

720

430

26

44

530

420

14

96

1570

120

22

45

450

520

20

97

60

140

4

46

40

160

6

98

80

170

5

47

350

320

15

99

170

350

6

48

350

350

22

100

35

130

4

48a

360

370

20

101

3500

950

48

49

2400

640

60

102

3250

550

55

50

60

200

4

102 A

3300

950

60

51

230

340

14

103

3150

900

50

52

160

190

10

104

1300

600

36

52a

1400

290

33

105

140

200

8

53

230

100

8

106

170

250

9

53a

860

330

30

107

190

250

7

55

880

450

32

108

50

200

6

56

1500

500

45

109

120

250

5

57

2600

350

65

110

110

180

7

57a

2500

380

65

111

890

1000

60

58

540

360

22

112

65

300

12

59

1500

400

45

113

85

250

11

60

370

320

16

114

820

450

19

61a

410

270

17

115

85

350

10

-ocr page 45-

FRESH AN BRACKISH WATER HABITATS.
[Table 5]

N. E. Venezuelan Continent.

1nbsp;Rio Chuspa, 30.7.1936.

2nbsp;Rio Quanta, 7.4.1937.

3nbsp;Puddle in Bromeliaceae, 10.6.1936.

4nbsp;Estanque Arriba de Manglillo, 26.6.1936.

5nbsp;Estanque Abajo de Manglillo, 26.6.1936.

6nbsp;Estanque de Chacopata, 27.6.1936.

7nbsp;Poza de Chacopata, 27.6.1936.

Coche.

8nbsp;Poza de la Represa, 25.6.1936.

C u b a g u a.

9nbsp;Pozo de la Rancheria, 21.5.1936.

Margarita.

10nbsp;Poza de la Laguna Duke, 20.5.1936.

11nbsp;Aljibe de la Laguna Duke, 20.5.1936.

12nbsp;Poza Baranca, 20.5.1936.

13nbsp;Estanque Lato, 20.5.1936.

14nbsp;Aljibe de Diego Aguilera, 13.7.1936.

15nbsp;Manantial de Güiri, 13.7.1936. (26° C)

16nbsp;Manantial de Las Aguas Saladas, 11.8.1936. (29° C)

17nbsp;Toma de Agua de Encanado, 13.7.1936. (28° C)

18nbsp;Laguna Honda, 16.5.1936.

19nbsp;Toma de Agua de Tacarigua, 11.8.1936. (26° C)

20nbsp;Aljibe del Rio de la Fuente, 11.5.1936.

21nbsp;Toma de Agua de La Asuncion, 6.7.1936. (25° C)
17.nbsp;Rio Asuncion, 3.7.1936.

23nbsp;Rio Asuncion, 11.5.1936.

24nbsp;Poza al Sur de Los Robles, 27.5.1936.

25nbsp;Puddle in Bromeliaceae, 10.7.1936.

26nbsp;Toma de Agua del Valle, 4.7.1936. (abt. 25° C)

27nbsp;Casa de Agua del Valle, 4.7.1936.

28nbsp;Peila del Cerrito, 27.5.1936.

Los Testigos.

29nbsp;Pozo del Puerto de la Iguana, 14.6.1936.

30nbsp;Poza del Morro de la Iguana, 14.6.1936.

31nbsp;Pozo del Puerto Real de Tamarindo, 15.6.1936.

32nbsp;Poza Ingles de Tamarindo, 15.6.1936.

33nbsp;Puddle on top of Tamarindo, 16.6.1936.

34nbsp;Puddle on top of Tamarindo, 16.6.1936.

Blanquilla.

35nbsp;Pozo de Valuchu, 21.7.1936.

36nbsp;Pozo de la Playa del Jaque, 22.7.1936.

37nbsp;Pozo de la Cocoteria, 22.7.1936.

38nbsp;Poza de Aguada, 22.7.1936.

-ocr page 46-

Orchila.

39nbsp;Pozo Grande de Huespen, 24.7.1936.

40nbsp;Pozo Chiquito de Huespen, 24.7.1936.

Los Roques.

41nbsp;Pozo de la Vaca, Gran Roque, 25.7.1936.

42nbsp;Pozo de la Cabecera, Gran Roque, 26.7.1936.

43nbsp;Puddle, Cayo de Agua, 26.7.1936.

Bonaire.

44nbsp;Pos Bronswinkel, 27.3.1937.
44a Pos Bronswinkel, 31.5.1930.

44A Bron di Pos Bronswinkel, 27.3.1937. (27° C)
Pos Hoeba, 26.5.1930.
Pos Chikitoe, 26.5.1930.

45nbsp;Dos Pos, 27.3.1937.

46nbsp;Tanki Onima, 13.11.1936.
46a Tanki Onima, 23.5.1930.

47nbsp;Pos Letin, 13.11.1936.

47a Pos Letin (Pos Onima), 29.5.1930.

48nbsp;Bron Fontein, 13.11.1936. (abt. 28° C)
48a Bron Fontein, 30.3.1937. (28° C)

48b Bron Fontein, 21.5.1930. (28° C)

49nbsp;Pos Boven Bolivia, 24.3.1937.
49a Pos Boven Bolivia, 23.11.1930.

50nbsp;Tanki di Nene George, 25.3.1937.

51nbsp;Tanki Kerkhof, 31.3.1937.

52nbsp;Pos Ichi, 14.11.1936.
52anbsp;Pos Ichi. 31.3.1937.
52bnbsp;Pos Ichi. 30.9.1930.

53nbsp;Pos Baca, 14.11.1936.
53anbsp;Pos Baca, 31.3.1937.
53bnbsp;Pos Baca. 17.5.1930.

54nbsp;Pos Baca Chikitoe, 14.11.1936.
Pos Shiki, 3.12.1930.

55nbsp;Pos Calbas, 1.4.1937.

56nbsp;Grot Watapana, 1.4.1937.
Pos di Pepe, 29.8.1930.
Pos Jatoe Largoe, 29.8.1930.
Pos Guajakâ, Lima, 29.8.1930.

57nbsp;Pos Caranja, 14.11.1936.
57anbsp;Pos Caranja, 31.3.1937.
57bnbsp;Pos Caranja, 17.5.1930.

58nbsp;Pos Francés, 31.3.1937.
58anbsp;Pos Francés, 3.9.1930.

Pos Gabriel. 3.9.1930.

59nbsp;Pos Oranjepan. 26.3.1937.
Pos Oranjepan, 3.12.1930.

60nbsp;Pos Lansberg, 26.3.1937.
60a Pos Lansberg, 8.6.1930.

-ocr page 47-

Klein Bonaire.

61nbsp;Pos di Gas, 15.11.1936.
61anbsp;Pos di Gas, 23.3.1937.

Pos Blauwduif, 17.10.1930.

62nbsp;Sheet of water, 15.11.1936.

63nbsp;Tanki Calbas, 15.11.1936.
63anbsp;Tanki Calbas, 23.3.1937.
63bnbsp;Tanki Calbas, 9.6.1930.

Pos Guajakä, 17.10.1930.

Klein Curagao.

64nbsp;Pos N. of Lighthouse, 29.8.1936.
64Anbsp;Pos N. of Lighthouse, 29.8.1936.

C u r a g a O.

65nbsp;Pos di Hofje Fuik, 9.9.1936.
65Anbsp;Bak di Hofje Fuik, 9.9.1936.

66nbsp;Tanki di Gas Klein St. Joris, 6.9.1936.

67nbsp;Bak di Groot St. Joris, 20.10.1936.

68nbsp;Puddle, Piscadera, 10.10.1936.

69nbsp;Puddle, Piscadera, 10.10.1936.

70nbsp;Tanki Koenoekoe Hatoen, 15.10.1936.

71nbsp;Boca Spelonk di Bak Ariba, 13.10.1936. (30° C)
71Anbsp;Bak Ariba, Hato, 13.10.1936.

72nbsp;Boca di Leeuw, Hato, 13.10.1936. (30° C)
72Anbsp;Bak di Boca di Leeuw, 13.10.1936.

73nbsp;Grot van Hato, 16.9.1936. (abt. 27° C)
73anbsp;Grot van Hato, 5.10.1936. (abt. 27° C)

74nbsp;Bron Cajoeda, 1.10.1936. (29° C)

75nbsp;Tanki Mamaja, 6.10.1936.
75anbsp;Tanki Mamaja, 11.10.1936.

76nbsp;Bron Wandongo, 6.10.1936. (28° C)
76Anbsp;Bron Wandongo, 6.10.1936. (28° C)
76Aanbsp;Bron Wandongo, 11.10.1936. (28° C)
76Bnbsp;Bron Wandongo, 11.10.1936.

77nbsp;Bak Rincón, Hato, 11.10.1936. (29° C)
77Anbsp;Bak Rincón, 11.10.1936.

78nbsp;Tanki Monpos. 11.10.1936.

79nbsp;Bron San Pedro, 22.10.1936. (30° C)

80nbsp;Bron San Pedro, 22.10.1936. (abt. 30° C)
80Anbsp;Bron San Pedro, 22.10.1936.

81nbsp;Pos di Wanga, 9.11.1936.

82nbsp;Pos Europa, Dokterstuin, 27.10.1936.

83nbsp;Pos Ariba, Dokterstuin, 27.10.1936.
83anbsp;Pos Ariba, 29.10.1936.

84nbsp;Pos di Hofje St. Kruis, 24.10.1936.

85nbsp;Tanki St. Kruis, 24.10.1936.

86nbsp;Pos Sorsaka, 10.11.1936. (abt. 28° C)

87nbsp;Bron di Rooi Sanchez, 11.11.1936. (abt. 28° C)

-ocr page 48-

88nbsp;Bron di Rooi Beroe, 10.11.1936. (abt. 28° C)

89nbsp;Tanki di Hofje Savonet, 29.10.1936.

90nbsp;Puddle, Westpunt, 27.10.1936.

Aruba.

91nbsp;Puddle, Quadirikiri, 9.2.1937.

92nbsp;Pos Fontein, 23.12.1936. (abt. 29° C)

93nbsp;Bron di Fontein, 23.12.1936. (29° C)
93a Bron di Fontein, 2.7.1930. (29° C)

94nbsp;Pos Grandi, 12.2.1937.

95nbsp;Pos W. of Rooi Lamoenchi, 11.12.1937.

96nbsp;Tanki Chikitoe, 12.2.1937.

97nbsp;Tanki Mon Plaisir, 15.12.1936.

98nbsp;Tanki di Hofje Westpunt, 9.12.1936.

99nbsp;Tanki di Goudmijn Tibusji, 9.12.1936.

100nbsp;Tanki Leendert, 16.12.1936.

101nbsp;Tanki Rooi Canashito, 7.12.1936.

102nbsp;Bron di Pos di Noord, 30.12.1936. (abt. 29° C)
102A Pos di Noord, 30.12.1936.

102Aa Pos di Noord, 28.6.1930.

103nbsp;Bron di Rooi Bringamosa, 6.1.1937.

104nbsp;Bron di Rooi Prins, 9.1.1937. (abt. 29° C)
104A Bron di Rooi Prins, 9.1.1937. (abt. 29° C)
104Bnbsp;Bron di Rooi Prins, 9.1.1937.

104Banbsp;Bron di Rooi Prins, 4.7.1930.

Paraguana.

105nbsp;Poza de la Compania, 15.2.1937.

106nbsp;Poza de San Antonio, 16.2.1937.

107nbsp;Poza Supideo, 16.2.1937.

108nbsp;Estanque de Moruy, 18.2.1937.

109nbsp;Estanque de Santa Fé, 18.2.1937.

110nbsp;Estanque de Santa Ana, 16.2.1937.

La Goajira.

111nbsp;Pozo de Macaralpao, 14.1.1937.

112nbsp;Pozo del Cabo de la Vela, 22.1.1937.

113nbsp;Pozo del Arroyo de Appara, 27.1.1937.

114nbsp;Laguna del Pajaro, 21.1.1937.

115nbsp;Rio Calancala, 17.1.1937.

LAND HABITATS
N. E. Venezuelan Continent

121nbsp;Cabo Blanco, 19.8.1936. (20 m)

122nbsp;Rio Guanta, 15.8.1936. (2—4 m)

123nbsp;Peninsula de Esmerarda, 10.6.1936. (2—5 m)

124nbsp;Morro de Esmerarda, 10.6.1936. (1—5 m)

125nbsp;Peninsula de Puerto Santo, 12.6.1936. (20 m)
125Anbsp;Peninsula de Puerto Santo, 12.6.1936. (80 m)

126nbsp;Morro de Puerto Santo, 12.6.1936. (60 m)

127nbsp;Morro de Chacopata, 27.6.1936. (45 m)

128nbsp;Isla de Caribes, 26.6.1936. (25 m)

-ocr page 49-

Coche

129nbsp;El Guamache, 25.6.1936. (20 m)
C u b a g u a

130nbsp;N. W. Cubagua, 21.5.1936. (15 m)
Margarita

131nbsp;Morro de Robledar, 20.5.1936. (30 m)

132nbsp;Punta Ausente, 14.5.1936. (20 m)

133nbsp;Near Alta Gracia, 14.5.1936. (120 m)

134nbsp;Mina de Magnesite, 13.5.1936. (120 m)

135nbsp;Paraguachî, 13.5.1936. (60 m)

136nbsp;Near the Cerro Guayamuri, 11.5.1936. (180 m)

137nbsp;Near Matasiete, 27.5.1936. (150 m)

138nbsp;Near El Cerrito, 27.5.1936 (120 m)

139nbsp;Cerro de Marmoleta, 13.5.1936. (150 m)

140nbsp;El Piache, 10.7.1936. (100 m)

141nbsp;Cueva Honda del Piache, 10.7.1936. (300 m)
141Anbsp;Near Cueva Honda, 10.7.1936. (300 m)

142nbsp;Cueva Honda, 10.7.1936 (300 m)

143nbsp;Below Toma del Valle, 4.7.1936. (250 m)

144nbsp;Toma de Agua del Valle, 4.7.1936. (250 m)

145nbsp;S.W. of La Asuncion, 3.7.1936. (300 m)

146nbsp;W. of La Asuncion, 3.7.1936. (250 m)

147nbsp;W. of La Asuncion, 3.7.1936 (200 m)

148nbsp;Near Toma de La Asuncion, 12.7.1936. (250 m)

149nbsp;Above Toma de La Asuncion, 12.7.1936. (350 m)

150nbsp;Toma de Encanado, 13.7.1936. (150 m)

151nbsp;W. of San Antonio, 16.5.1936. (20 m)

152nbsp;Punta Mosquito, 4.6.1936. (20 m)

153nbsp;Gaiquire, 8.7.1936. (5-15 m)

154nbsp;S. of Los Robles, 18.5.1936. (5 m)

155nbsp;Patio, 25.5.1936. (2 m)

156nbsp;Isla Blanca, 9.6.1936. (25 m)

Los Testigos

157nbsp;Morro de la Iguana, 14.6.1936. (40 m)

158nbsp;Morro de la Iguana, 14.6.1936. (100 m)

159nbsp;Chiwo, 15.6.1936. (5-20 m)

160nbsp;Angoletta, 15.6.1936. (5-10 m)

161nbsp;Inglés, Tamarindo, 16.6.1936 (20 m)

162nbsp;Morro Grande, Tamarindo, 16.6.1936 (150 m)

163nbsp;Morro Grande, Tamarindo, 16.6.1936. (200 m)
163A-B Morro Grande, Tamarindo, 16.6.1936. (200 m)

164nbsp;Isla de Conejo, 17.6.1936. (80 m)

165nbsp;Cave on Isla de Conejo, 17.6.1936. (30 m)

Los Frailes

166nbsp;Puerto Real, 18.6.1936. (60 m)

167nbsp;Puerto Real, 18.6.1936. (40 m)

168nbsp;La Pécha, 19.6.1936. (40 m)
168Anbsp;La Pécha, 19.6.1936. (60 m)

-ocr page 50-

Los Hermanos

169nbsp;Morro Fondeadero, 20.7.1936. (80 m)

170nbsp;Morro Pando, 20.7.1936. (200 m)

B1an q u i 11 a

171nbsp;N. of Valuchu, 21.7.1936. (20 m)

172nbsp;Grove of El Jaque, 22.7.1936. (2 m)
172A Grove of El Jaque, 22.7.1936. (1 m)
172B Puerto El Jaque, 22.7.1936. (6 m)

Tortuga

173nbsp;S.W. Tortuga, 1.8.1936. (20 m)
173A S.W. Tortuga, 1.8.1936. (1 m)

Orchila

174nbsp;S.W. Huespen, 23.7.1936. (40 m)

175nbsp;S.W. Huespen, 23.7.1936. (1 m)

Los Roques

176nbsp;El Gran Roque, 25.7.1936. (15 m)

177nbsp;Isla Larga, 26.7.1936. {l^-l m)

178nbsp;Cayo de Agua, 26.7.1936. (2 m)

Las Aves

179nbsp;Ave de Barlovento, 27.7.1936. (2 m)
179A Ave de Barlovento, 27.7.1936. (2 m)

Bonaire

180nbsp;Cay, 29..3.1937. (H m)

181nbsp;Zuidpunt, 26.3.1937. (1 m)

182nbsp;N.W. of Lansberg, 26.3.1937. (14 m)

183nbsp;Grot Watapana, 1.4.1937.nbsp;m) (28H° C, moist. 85%)
183A Grot Watapana, 1.4.1937. (^ m) (29^° C, moist. 95%)

184nbsp;Lima, 14.11.1936.
184Anbsp;Lima, 31.3.1937. (2 m)

185nbsp;Lima, 14.11.1936. (H m)
185Anbsp;Baca, 27.9.1930. (li^ m)

186nbsp;Deenterra, 25.3.1937. (3 m)

187nbsp;Near Spelonk, 24.3.1937. (6 m)

188nbsp;Cave of Spelonk, 24.3.1937. (7 m) (27^° C, moist. 80%)

189nbsp;Cave of Spelonk, 24.3.1937. (7 m) (28^° C, moist. 90%)

190nbsp;Fontein, 25.3.1937. (50 m)
190Anbsp;S. of Fontein, 20.5.1930. (80 m)

191nbsp;Ruïns of Fontein, 30.3.1937. (40 m)

192nbsp;Tunnel of Fontein, 13.11.1936. (25 m)

193nbsp;Hofje Fontein, 30.3.1937. (22 m)

194nbsp;Tanki Onima, 13.11.1936. (3 m)

195nbsp;E. Boca Onima, 13.11.1936. (6 m)

196nbsp;W. Boca Onima, 13.11.1936. (8 m)

197nbsp;W. of Seroe Brandaris, 27.3.1937. (30 m)

198nbsp;Bronswinkel, 27.3.1937. (35 m)

-ocr page 51-

Klein Bonaire

199nbsp;S.E. Klein Bonaire, 15.11.1936. (3 m)

199anbsp;S.E. Klein Bonaire, 23.3.1937; 199b id. 14.5.1930.

199Anbsp;Tanki Calbas, 15.11.1936. (1 m)

Klein Curasao

200nbsp;Klein Curagao, 29.8.1936. (1 m)
200Anbsp;Klein Curasao 29.8.1936. (2 m)

Curasao

201nbsp;Ronde Klip, 20.10.1936. (125 m)
201Anbsp;S. of Ronde Klip, 20.10.1936. (40 m)

202nbsp;Seroe di Boca, 7.9.1936. (40 m)
202Anbsp;Seroe di Boca, 7.9.1936. (5-10 m)

203nbsp;Seroe Mainsjie, 7.9.1936. (40 m)

204nbsp;Oost Seinpost, 9.9.1936. (25-40 m)
204Anbsp;Fuik, 9.9.1935. (25 m)

205nbsp;Rooi Manzalienja, 4.9.1936. (2—3 m)

206nbsp;Tafelberg, 4.9.1936. (140-160 m)

207nbsp;Near Grot van Newport, 2.9.1936 (7—9 m)

208nbsp;Grot van Newport, 2.9.1936. (6 m)

209nbsp;Grot van Newport, 2.9.1936. (5—6 m)

210nbsp;Kabrietenberg, 16.10.1936. (25 m)

211nbsp;Fort Beekenburg, 16.10.1936. (10-15 m)

212nbsp;Schaarloo, 26.10.1936. (30-35 m)

213nbsp;Seroe Pretoe, 9.10.1936. (30 m)
213Anbsp;Seroe Domi, 12.4.1930. (75 m)

214nbsp;Jack Evertszberg, 10.10.1936.

215nbsp;Seroe Spreit, 23.10.1936. (10—40 m)

216nbsp;Hofje Hato, 13.10.1936. (10 m)

217nbsp;Near Grot van Hato, 17.9.1936. (30 m)

218nbsp;Grot van Hato, 21.9.1936. (50 m)

219nbsp;Grot van Hato, 16.9.1936. (50 m)
219Anbsp;Grot van Hato, 16.9.1936. (50 m)

220nbsp;Bron Wandongo, 6.10.1936. (10 m)

221nbsp;Groote Berg, 22.10.1936. (75 m)

222nbsp;Koenoekoe Abau, 9.11.1936. (70 m)

223nbsp;Hernianos, 9.11.1936. (40-50 m)

224nbsp;Seroe Kabritoe, 9.11.1936. (40—50 m)

225nbsp;Seroe Cabajé, 9.11.1936. (30-50 m)
225anbsp;Seroe Cabajé, 14.4.1930.

226nbsp;San Pedro, 22.10.1936. (10-15 m)

227nbsp;Seroe di Cueba, 29.10.1936. (40-45 m)
227anbsp;Seroe di Cueba, 30.4.1930.

228nbsp;Calbas Boshi, 29.10.1936. (10 m)

229nbsp;Seroe Bartool, 29.10.1936. (45-50 m)
229Anbsp;W. of Seroe Bartool, 29.10.1936. (45 m)

230nbsp;St. Silvester, 22.11.1936. (15 m)

231nbsp;Seroe Teintje, 27.10.1936. (30 m)

232nbsp;Tafelberg, 10.11.1936. (60-70 m)

-ocr page 52-

233nbsp;Rooi Sorsaka, 8.11.1936. (25-35 m)

234nbsp;Seroe Christoffel, 7.3.1937. (340 m)

235nbsp;Seroe Christoffel, 10.11.1936. (200 m)

236nbsp;Rooi Sanchez, 11.11.1936. (190 m)

237nbsp;Boca Tabla, 27.10.1936. (7 m)

238nbsp;Boshi di Westpunt, 27.10.1936. (2 m)

239nbsp;Westpunt, 27.10.1936. (7 m)

240nbsp;N. of Plaja Abau, 6.11.1936. (10-15 m)
240Anbsp;N. Plaja Abau, 6.11.1936. (7 m)

241nbsp;S. Plaja Abau, 6.11.1936. (7 m)

242nbsp;Seroe Djerimi, 6.11. 1936. (35—45 m)
242Anbsp;Seroe Djerimi, 6.11.1936. (25-30 m)
242Bnbsp;Near Seroe Djerimi, 6.11.1936. (9 m)

243nbsp;N. St. Kruis Baai, 24.10.1936. (8-12 m)
243Anbsp;Seroe Commandant, 24.4.1930. (120 m)

244nbsp;Plaja Chikitoe, 24.10.1936. (5-8 m)

245nbsp;Hofje St. Kruis, 24.10.1936. (2 m)
245Anbsp;St. Kruis, 24.10.1936. (5-15 m)

Aruba

246nbsp;Rooi Prins, 9.1.1937. (20 m)

247nbsp;Dunes of Boca Prins, 9.1.1937. (20 m)
247Anbsp;W. Boca Prins, 9.1.1937. (6 m)

248nbsp;E. Boca Prins, 9.1.1937. (12 m)
248Anbsp;S. of Fontein, 5.7.1930. (35 m)

249nbsp;Quadirikiri, 9.2.1937. (15 m)

250nbsp;Grot van Quadirikiri, 9.2.1937. (25 m) (25-30° C, moist. 78 %)

251nbsp;Grot van Quadirikiri, 9.2.1937. (25 m) (29° C, moist. 93 %)
251Anbsp;Grot van Quadirikiri, 9.2.1937. (25 m)

252nbsp;Vader Piet, 9.2.1937. (25 m)
252Anbsp;S.E. of Fontein, 9.2.1937. (25 m)

253nbsp;Boca Grandi, 5.1.1937. (25 m)
253Anbsp;Boca Grandi, 5.1.1937. (10 m)

254nbsp;Culebra, 5.1.1937. (30 m)

255nbsp;Rooi Spoki, 6.2.1937. (45-55 m)

256nbsp;Savaneta, 5.1.1937. (5 m)

257nbsp;Grove in Rooi Lamoenchi, 29.12.1936. (3 m)

258nbsp;Near Pos Grandi, 29.12.1936. (2 m)

258Anbsp;W. of Rooi Lamoenchi, 29.12.1936. (25 m)

259nbsp;Isla, 29.12.1936. (25 m)

260nbsp;Baranca Alto, 29.12.1936. (40-50 m)
260Anbsp;Rooi near Baranca Alto, 29.12.1936. (25 m)

261nbsp;E. Spaansch Lagoen, 5.1.1937. (6 m)

262nbsp;W. Spaansch Lagoen, 5.1.1937. (5 m)
262Anbsp;Balashi, 29.12.1936. (25 m)

263nbsp;Rooi Frances, 6.1.1937. (20—25 m)

264nbsp;Rooi Barcadera, 5.1.1937. (8 m)

265nbsp;Rooi Perldetenbosch, 5.1.1937. (5 m)

265Anbsp;N.W. of Rooi Perkietenbosch, 5.1.1937. (5 m)

-ocr page 53-

266nbsp;Seroe Canashito, 7.12.1936. (55 m)

267nbsp;Seroe Canashito, 7.12.1936. (45-65 m)

268nbsp;Hooiberg, 21.12.1936. (120-130 m)
268Ànbsp;Hooiberg, 21.12.1936. (160 m)
268Bnbsp;Hooiberg, 5.12.1936. (60 m)

269nbsp;Santa Cruz, 21.12.1936. (40 m)

270nbsp;Jamanota, 3.1.1937. (185 m)

270Anbsp;Seroe Cristal, 10.2.1937. (60—70 m)

271nbsp;Seroe Plat, 10.2.1937. (85-90 m)

272nbsp;Hudishibana, 9.12.1936. (10-20 m)
272Anbsp;Annaboei, 9.12.1936. (15-25 m)

273nbsp;Tibushi, 9.12.1936. (3 m)

274nbsp;Hofje Westpunt, 9.12.1936. (1 m)

275nbsp;Solito, 16.12.1936. (20-25 m)

276nbsp;Heintje Croes, 14.12.1936. (4 m)

277nbsp;Mon Plaisir, 15.12.1936. (3 m)

278nbsp;Reef of Boekoeti, 8.2.1937. (H-2 m)

N.W. Venezuelan Continent (Paraguanâ)

279nbsp;Quebrada de la Compania, 15.2.1937.

280nbsp;Cerro Transverso, 16.2.1937. (40 m)

281nbsp;W. of Santa Ana, 16.2.1937. (50 m)

282nbsp;E. of Santa Fé, 18.2.1937. (50 m)

283nbsp;N.E. of Moruy, 18.2.1937. (50 m)

284nbsp;Cerro de Machuruca, 16.2.1937. (300 m)

N.E. Colombian Continent (La Goajira)

285nbsp;Punta Tucacas, 14.1.1937. (2 m)

286nbsp;Laguna de Tucacas, 15.1.1937. (2 m)

287nbsp;Castilletes, 14.1.1937. (3 m)

288nbsp;Uribia, 17.1.1937. (10 m)

289nbsp;Rancherïa del Cabo, 22.1.1937. (6 m)

290nbsp;Cabo de la Vela, 22.1.1937. (20 m)
290Anbsp;Cabo de la Vela, 22.1.1937. (30 m)

291nbsp;N. of El Cardón, 22.1.1937. (2 m)

292nbsp;N.E. of Rio Hacha, 20.1.1937. (2 m)

293nbsp;S. of Rio Hacha, 18.1.1937. (5 m)

294nbsp;S. of Rio Hacha, 18.1.1937. (25 m)

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Agucrrevere, Pedro I., 1936. Notas geolôgicas sobre Margarita y Coche. Bol.

Soc. Venez. Cienc. Nat. 3, pp. 397—403, tab.
Aguerrevcre, Pedro, L, 1937. Informe preliminar sobre el Problema del Agua en
las Isias Margarita y Coche, Estado Nueva Esparta. Caracas, Minist. Obr.
Pûbl., 25 pp., cum 3 tabb.
Aguerrevere, S. E. et Lopez, V. M., 1939. Geologia de la Isla del Gran Roque
y sus Depôsitos de Fosfatos.
Bol. Soc. Venez. Cienc. Nat. 5, pp. 137—172,
20 figg., 4 tabb.

-ocr page 54-

Allen Glover M 1902. The Mammals of Margarita Island, Venezuela. Proc
Btol. Soc. Washington 15. pp. 91—97.

Amd,«xen. C P., (1929). De Geschiedenis van Curasao, ('sGravenhage)
230 pp., 2 figg.nbsp;»

Bato, Horacc Burrington, 1924. Land and Freshwater Molluscs of the Dutch
Leeward Islands. Occ.
Pap. Mus. Zool. Michigan 152. 159 pp., 21 tabb
ßocke, J. 1907. Rapport betreffende een voorloopig Onderzoek naar den Toe-
stand van de Visscherij en de Industrie van Zeeproducten in de Kolonie
lt; *.^ura?ao. 1. s-Gravenhage, 200
pp., ill.

Beeke, J.. 1919. Rapport betreffende ...de Visscherij... in de Kolonie Cu-
ra?ao. 2. s-Gravenhage, xxxiv 351
pp., ill. (contains reports of J. Met-
zelaar, Mary J. Rathbun and Harriet Richardson).

Boldingh, I., 1913 Flora voor de Nederlandsch West-Indische Eilanden. Am-
sterdam, XX -j- 450 pp.

Boldingh, I., 1914. The Flora of Guragao, Aruba and Bonaire. Leiden, xiv -f
197
pp., 10 tabb.

Squot;nbsp;Nederlandsch West-Indie. The Qimate

of the Netherlands West Indies. Meded. Verh. Nederl. Meteor. Inst. 36.
LZÜ pp., 15 figg.

Cocfcan Doris M 1934 Herpetological Collecüons from the West Indies made

by Ur. Paul Bartsch ... Smithson. Misc. Coll. 92. 7. 48 pp
^azz^
Agustin. 1841. Resümen de la Geografia de Venezuela. Paris, 648 pp.

w ^r'nbsp;Leeward Islands, Caribbean Sei

Pteld Mus Nat. Hist Puhl. Ornith. 1. 5, pp. 192-255. tab. 6, map
Dampier, WilUam, 1698. Nouveau Voyage autour du Monde, ... 1. Amster-
dam, viii -f 315 pp., ill.

Geij^es, p. C., 1934. Notes on the Odonate-Fauna of the Dutch West Indian

iquot;, 1 1 o . 'nbsp;Bonaire ... Int. Rev. Hydrobiol. 31. pp. 287-

311, 18 figg., tab.

Hamelberg, J. H. J., 1901. De Nederlanders op de West-Indische Eilanden 1

Amsterdam, pp. 1-52, ill.; Documenten, pp. 1-98
Hamdberg, J. H. J., 1909. De Nederlanders op de West-Indische Eilanden, 2

Amsterdam, pp. 53—243, ill.; Documenten, pp. 99—215
Kartet, Ernst, 1893. On the Birds of the Islands of Aruba, Curasao and

Bonaire. Ibis London (6) 19. pp. 289-338, tabb. 8-9
Hartert Emst, 1902. Aus der Wanderjahren eines Naturforschers, 3. Reise
nach den Inseln des Caribischen Meeres.
Novit. Zool. 9, pp 273-
309, figg.

Hasselt A. W. M. v^, 1887. Araneae exoticae quas collegit, pro Museo

Lugdunensi J R. H. Neervoort van de Poll, insulis Curasao, Bonaire et
Aruba.
Tijdschr. Ent. 30, pp. 227-244.nbsp;quot;quot;quot;dire et

Havdaar, D. H. (1903). Rapport betreffende eene Reis door de Kolonie

Cum?ao ... Bijlage Kol. Versl. Cmagao. 's-Gravenhage. 95 pp., tab
Horst, C J. v^m der, 1924. Narrative of the Voyage and short Description of
Localities. Bijdragen tot de Kennis der Fauna van Curasao.
Bijdr. Dierk 23
pp. 1 — 12, 9 figg., 2 tabb.nbsp;' '

Humboldt, Alexander von, 1814. Voyage aux Régions équinoxiales du Nou-
veau Continent fait en 1799... 1804, par Al. de Humboldt et A. Bon-
pland.
I. Pans, 643 pp.

-ocr page 55-

Hummelmck, P. Wagenaar, 1933. Reisebericht. Zoologische Ergebnisse einer
Reise nach Bonaire, Curaçao und Aruba im Jahre 1930.
Zool. Jb. Syst. 64,
pp. 289-326, 14 figg., 2 maps.

Hummelinck, P. Wagenaar, 1938. Notes on the Cactaceae of Curaçao, Aruba,
Bonaire and North Venezuela.
Reçu. Trav. Bot. Néerl. 35 nn 29—55
tabb. 5—12.

HummcUnck, P. Wageaaar, 1939. Apuntaciones sobre las Aguas Superficiales

del Estado Nueva Esparta y Dependencias Federales. Bol. Soc. Venez.
Cienc. Nat. 5.
pp. 173—178, 2 tabb.

Jcudc, Th. W. van Lidth de, 1887. On a Collection of Reptiles and Fishes
from the West-Indies.
Not. Zool. Mus. Leyden 9, pp. 129—139, tab. 2.

Johnston, J. R., 1909. Flora of the Islands of Margarita and Cache, Venezuela.
Proc.
Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 34, pp. 163—312, tabb. 23—30.

Kol, H. van, 1904. Naar de Antillen en Venezuela. Leiden, 554 pp., ill.

Lact, loannes de, 1630. Beschrijvinghe van West-Indien. ed. 2. Leyden, pref.
ind. reg. 622 pp., ill.

Lavaysse, J. J. Dauxion, 1813. Voyage aux Iles de Trinidad, de Tabago, de
la Marguérite, et dans diverses parties de Vénézuéla, dans l'Amérique
méridionale, 2. Paris, 482 pp., 2 maps.

Liddic, Ralph Alexander, 1928. The Geology of Venezuela and Trinidad. Fort
Worth, Texas, 552 pp., ill.

Lowe, Percy R., 1907. On the Birds of Margarita Island, Venezuela. Ibis Lon-
don (9) 1,
pp. 547—570.

Lowe, Percy R., 1911. A Naturalist on Desert Islands. London, xii 300
pp., ill.

Martin, K., 1888. Bericht über eine Reise nach Niederländisch West-Indien und
darauf gegründete Studien.
1, Land und Leute. Leiden, xiv 186 pp., ill.;
2. Geologie. Leiden, ix 238 pp., ill.

Molengraaff, G. J. H., 1929. Geologie en Geohydrologie van het Eiland Cu-
raçao. Delft, 126 pp., ill.

Nijhoff ed., 1914—1917. Encyclopaedic van Ned. West-Indië. 's-Gravenhage,
782 pp. (1914 part. 1-5, 1915 part 6-8, 1916 part 9-12, 1917 part 13).

Osgood, Wilfred H., 1910. Mammals from the Coast and Islands of Northern
South America.
Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Publ. Zool. 10, pp. 23—32, tabb. 2—3.

Oviedo. Jose dc — y Banos, 1723. Historia de la Conquista y Población de la
Provincia de Venezuela. Ed. 1885, Biblioteca de los Americanistas, Ma-
drid.
1, 402 pp.; 2, 411 pp.

Pijpers, P. J., 1933. Geology and Paleontology of Bonaire (D.W.I.). Geogv.
Geol. Meded. Utrecht Phys. Geol. 8,
103 pp., ill.

PitticT, H., 1926. Manual de las Plantas Usuales de Venezuela. Caracas, xvü
458 pp., ill.

Pittier, H., 1936. Contribuciones al Estudio de la Climatologia de Venezuela, 2.
Bol. Soc. Venez. Cienc. Nat. 3, pp. 170—195.

Pittier, H., 1936. Consideraciones acerca de la Destrucción de los Bosques e
Incendio de las Sabanas.
Bol. Soc. Venez. Cienc. Nat. 3, pp. 291—302.

Pittier, H., 1939. Suplemento a las Plantas Usuales de Venezuela. Caracas
ix 129 pp.

Pittier, H. et Tatc, H. H. 1932. Sobre Fauna Venezolana. Lista provisional
de los Mâmiferos observada en el Pais.
Bol. Soc. Venez. Cienc Nat 1
pp. 249-278.nbsp;■

-ocr page 56-

Rcalmo, fr. M., 1938. De Nederlandse Antillen en de overige Eilanden van de
Caraibische Zee, Venezuela en Colombia. Curaçao, 214
pp., ill.

Rijkens, R. H., 1907. Curasao. Verbetering van den Landbouw aldaar als mid-
del ter verheffing der Kolonie. Tiel, 139 pp., ill.

Robinson, Wirt, 1896. An annotated List of Birds observed on the Island of
Margarita... Proc.
U. S. Mus. 18, pp. 649-685, tab. 33.

Rost, M., 1938. Die Venezolanischen Inseln Las Aves, Los Rogues, Las
Orchilas und die Phosphoritlagerstätte von Gran Roque. Z.
Dfsch Geol
Ges. 90,
pp. 577-596, 6 figg. (maps)

Ruthvea, Alexander G., 1922. The Amphibians and Reptiles of the Sierra Ne-
vada de Santa Marta, Colombia.
Misc. Puhl. Mus. Zool. Michigan 8. 69 pp.
ill. (map)

geologische Reis met Utrechtsche Studenten naar
de JNederlandsche Benedenwindsche Eilanden.
W. Ind. Gids 12 pp 289-309

Rutten, L. M. R., 1931. Our Palaeontological Knowledge of the Netherlands
West-Indies in 1930.
Leidsche Geol. Meded. 5, pp 651—672

Rutfen, L. M. R.. 1932. De Geologische Geschiedenis der drie Nederlandsche
Benedenwindsche Eilanden.
W. Ind. Gids 13, pp. 400-441 figq

Rtttten L. M R 1940. On the Geology of Margarita, Cubagua and Coche
(Venezuela). Proc.
Kon. Ak. Wetensch. Amsterdam 48, in press

Rutfen, L. M. R., 1940. New Data on the smaller Islands North of Venezuela.
Proc. Kon. Ak. Wetensch. Amsterdam 48, in press.

Rutt^ M. G. 1931. Over de Vogels van de Hollandsche Benedenwindsche
Eilanden (Antillen).
Ardea 20, pp. 91-143, 8 figg., tab. 2, 1 map.

Rutfen, M. G., 1932. Verordening tot Bescherming van Vogels op Curacao.
Ardea 21, pp. 73—74.nbsp;= i- v

Sanchez, Andres, 1921. Geografia Médica de la Isla de Margarita. Caracas,
vui 71 pp., 8 tabb., map.

Sieves, W., 1898. Richard Ludwigs Reisen auf Paraguana (Venezuela).
Globus 73, pp. 303—309.

Sievers, W., 1898. Die Inseln vor der Nordküste von Venezuela. Nach den
bisherigen Quellen und unter Berücksichtigung des Tagebuchs und der
Gesteins-Sammlung Richard Ludwigs.
Globus 74, pp. 163-165, 291-294,
302^—307. 1 fig.

Sfut^ Otto, 1927. Streifzüge eines Geologen im Gebiet der Goajira-Indianer.
Kolumbien. Berlin, 154
pp., fig., 32 tabb., map.

Sfufzer, Otto, 1928. Zur Geologie der Goajira-Halbinsel. N. Jb. Min Geol Pal
Beil. 59B,
pp. 304—326, fig., tabb. 17—19.

Suringar, W. F. R., 1886. Nederlandsch West-Indische Expeditie. Verslag en
Re^verhgJ^^^^^^^^nbsp;Gen. X Versl. Aardr. Med. pp.

Simons, G. J„ 1868. Beschrijving van het Eiland Curagou... Oosterwolde,
156
pp., 4 tabb.

Teenstra, M. D„ 1836. De Nederlandsche West-Indische Eilanden, 1. Amster-
dam, 351 pp„ ill.

Verahouf, J. H., 1914. The Land- and Freshwater-Molluscs of the Dutch West-
Indian Islands.
Not. Zool. Mus. Legden 36. pp. 177—189, tab.

-ocr page 57-

Verordening ... tot Bescherming van Diersoorten, nuttig voor Land- en Ooft-
bouw...
Publicatieblad Curaçao 1926. 60 (see also: 1931, 53; 1931, 59\
1932, 37; 1934, 58; 1937, 2).
Went, F. A. F. C, 1902. Rapport omtrent den Toestand van Land- en Tuin-
bouw op de Nederlandsche Antillen.
Bijlage Kol. Versl. Curaçao. 's-Graven-
hage, 71 pp.

Werner, F., 1925. Zur Kenntniss der Fauna der Insel Bonaire (Niederländisch-

Westindien). Z. Wiss. Zool. 125, pp. 533-556, 2 figg.
Westermann, J. H., 1932. The Geology of Aruba. Geogr. Geol. Meded. Utrecht

Phys. Geol. 7, 129 pp., ill.
Winkler, O., 1926. Niederländisch-Westindien. Mitt. Ges. Erdk. Leipzig

1923^1925, pp. amp;7^137, map.
Wollebœk, Alf, 1934. Curaçao. Norsk Geogr. Tidsskr. 5. pp. 95—109, figg.
Wright, Irene, A., 1934. Nederlandsche Zeevaarders op de Eilanden in de
Caraibische Zee en aan de kust van Columbia en Venezuela gedurende de
jaren 1621—1648(9), Documenten... (with translations
by C. F. A.
van Dam), 1. Werken Hist. Gen. Utrecht (3) 63, 434 pp., 9 tabb.
Wright, Irene, A., 1935. Nederlandsche Zeevaarders..., 2. Werken Hist. Gen.
Utrecht (3) 64, 272
pp.

MAPS.

(nautical)

U.S. Hydrographie Office Charts; especially Nos. 2319, Coast of Venezuela

1 : 953.000, and 2035, Margarita Island 1 : 188.000.
Netherland Government Charts.
British Admirality Charts,
(topographical)

Topographische Kaart van Curaçao, 1 :20.000, 18 sheets (surveyed by

L. Lens and J. Werbata, 1906—1909).
Topographische Kaart van Aruba, 1 :20.000, 8 sheets (surveyed by

L. Lens and W. A. Jonckheer Jr., 1909—1910).
Topographische Kaart van Bonaire, 1 :20.000, 10 sheets (surveyed by

L. Lens and W. A. Jonckheer Jr., 1911—1912).
Croquis de las Isias Margarita y Coche, 1 : 100.000, in
Aguerrevere, 1937.
Mapa Topogrâfico... de la Isla Gran Roque, 1 : 5.000, in
Aguerrevere et
Lopez, 1939.
(geological)

Geologische Kaart van het Eiland Curaçao, 1 : 40.000, 2 sheets, in Molen-
graaff,
1929.

Geological Map of Aruba, 1 : 50.000, in Wcstermaim, 1932.
Bonaire. Geological Map ..., 1 : 65.800, in
Pijpers, 1933.
Croquis Geológico de las Isias Margarita y Coche, 1 :200.000, in
Aguer-
revcre,
1936.

Mapa... Geológico de la Isla Gran Roque, 1 : 5.000, in Aguerrevere et

Lopez, 1939.
Island of Blanquilla, 1 :74.000, in
Lowe, 1911.
Die Orchilas-Inseln, 1 : 175.000, in
Rost, 1938.

Geologische Übersichtskarte der Insel Gran Roque, 1 : 16.000, in Rost, 1938.

-ocr page 58-

Ngt;

Avti K sonmro

WES.DE flAKilVENTa

GMM ROQUE

U5 iVE5 quot;»««Mv L^riù uBM ^

BUNQUILU Û

L05 MEPmNM
MAP6APITA

LOS TfSTiœS

■ u sou

-ocr page 59-

^APUOA

W

-ocr page 60-

T4MARIND0

umitrn^,'-

'chiwo
Mom DE U I6WNA

40m O

«OllBO BUNCO

LOS TEST/eOS

Fig. 4. Chief part of Testigos-islands,
roughly surveyed.

U SOLA

de los Fraîles

Oi^MOIIRO fUEPA

LOS FRAILES

Mofifio mocm

MORDO PANOO

mWRAI ^ EL CH4U»e
6UAIMC4lfi£
nbsp;pena

LOS HEBMANOS

4. KM

MOfiBO 6PUES0

UOm

nom moimno
quot;quot;•■vMmo muiTo

Fig. 6. flermanos-islands, roughly
surveyed.

-ocr page 61-

CUBAGUA

^[SA^DPO

COCME

UCCfMTA I

PENINSULA DE ARAYA

Fig. 7. Margarita, Cubagua, Coche and a part of the Araya-peninsula; with
stations, (from U. S. Hydr. Off. chart, contour intervals from estimations as
given on Aguerrevere's map)

-ocr page 62- -ocr page 63-

PUNTA
.BALLENA

iSi'Al56

ISLA BLANCA

nARQARITA.s.E

-ocr page 64- -ocr page 65- -ocr page 66- -ocr page 67-

4238nbsp;----\

'ITnbsp;O»' A

CURAÇAO

5 Kr-i

-ocr page 68- -ocr page 69- -ocr page 70-

55

-ocr page 71-

IJ1

ui

NEWPORT

CURACAO

-ocr page 72-

ui

OS

-ocr page 73-

ui

QCOTvAn QUADIPIKIDI

AQUBA

mmnbsp;fipiriii ill iM

-ocr page 74- -ocr page 75-

STUDIES ON THE FAUNA OF CURAgAO, ARUBA,
BONAIRE AND THE VENEZUELAN ISLANDS: No. 2.

A SURVEY OF THE MAMMALS, LIZARDS
AND MOLLUSKS,

Introduction .........p. 59.

Mammalia..........p. 60.

Sauria............p. 73.

Gastropoda..........p. 86.

Bibliography.........p. 103.

This annotated hst of the mammals, hzards and mollusks of the
Leeward Group, is based on author's collection and therefore
includes additional mainland-records of the island-species.

As a rule a short commentary is given only as a guide to the
adopted nomenclature and classification, in case of controversial
data which are not yet setded, if important for our knowledge of
regional distribution, mentioning vernacular names. Regarding
the mammals, all known material-records are included.

Species of Peropteryx, Gonatodes, Phyllodactylus, Anolis,
Ameiva, Cnemidophoms, Gymnophthalmus, Potamopyrgus,
and
especially those of
Odocoileus, Sylvilagus, Tudora and Cerion
are more extensively treated.

Generally new synonyms are separately listed behind sole
bibliographical references. Station-numbers of mollusk-records
are printed in italics if living specimens have been collected. Other
specimens which were not obtained in a fresh state are only
approximatively dated. Important new localities are indicated by
an exclamation-mark.

I am much indebted to Tera van Benthem Jutting
(Amsterdam), Horace Burrington Baker (Philadelphia)
and Horace G. Richards (Trenton, N.J.) for their help
in naming some difficult mollusks, to L. D. Brongersma
(Leiden) for some herpetological information, and to M. A. C.
Hint on (London) for examining a few small rodents.

The greater part of the material has been presented to the
Netherland State Museum, Leiden, the Zoological Museum of

-ocr page 76-

Amsterdam and the Zoological Museum of the State-University
in Utrecht.nbsp;'

MAMMALIA

PRIMATES

CEBIDAE
Ccbus margaritac Hollister, 1914

Margaruf'quot;'''''''''''nbsp;^nbsp;« « b i „ s o n et H o 11 i s t e r.

ARTIODACTYLA

CERVIDAE
Odocoileus Rafinesque, 1832

of ^Zuff^''^metacarpals persisting, naviculo-cuboid
of tarsus free from cuneiform, vomer dividing aperture of posterior nares

LTsnbsp;-- surface of comZ

anders, spotted young. Alaska to Peru, Bolivia and northern Brasil.

Key to the South American species

[chiefly from literature]

nrlLJ^^?^ long-haired, hairs on back to 35-55 mm long; greyish colours
predonnnatmg in the mountains at higher altitudes -)nbsp;2

Jau K hairs on back to 20-30 mm long; yellowish
and brownish colours predominating (- in the mountains at low altitudes
and in the lowlands —) ............................................^

2a Blackish eye-ring, complete of fragmentary; dark spot on base of foot,
Anl,nbsp;TV^nbsp;no metatarsal-gland (- Colombian

quot;quot;rmS- L'ost^^^^^^ ...............

2b Whitish eye-ring; without dark markings on leg; no metatarsal-gland

(- Andes of Ecuador, Peru, Bolivia and probably northern Chile -) .....

............................................. Od. pemviams (Gray, 1874)

3a Greyish-brown colours predominating; upperparts often varied with
much black; hairs on back to 30 mm long, rather erect, not stiff; probably
no metatarsal-gland (- Guyana, northern Brasil and probably eastern

ve^zuela .......... .............. Od. spinostis (Gay et Gervais, 1846)

[Cert-US savannamm Cabanis et Schomburgk, 1848]

wiSnbsp;predominating; upperparts varied

ri^ f Y f) xTnbsp;«'»oothened, stiff; no

metatarsal-gland (- Venezuela, Colombia, Curasao, Margarita and probably

Guyana and northern Bra^l -) ............ od. gymnotis (Wiegmann, 1833)

[?? Cervns mangworm Schrank, 1818. ? Certgt;«s goudofii Gay et Gervais

846 Gymnofts wtegmanni Fitzinger, 1879. Odocoileus mavgaritae Osgood,

-ocr page 77-

Key to the subspecies of Odocoileas g ym not is
[data on Od. gymn. tropicalis from literature]

la Outside of ears well haired; reddish-brown colours predominating
(—western Colombia; type-locality: Valley of the Dagua —)

................................. Od. gymnotis tropicalis Cabrera, 1918

lb Outside of ears sparsely haired; yellowish or brownish-yellow
colours predominating (— eastern Colombia, Venezuela, Curagao and
Margarita —) .......................................................................... 2

2a Outside of ears rarely nearly naked in centre; upperparts generally
brownish greyish-yellow; usually a very small blackish spot in upper
postorbital region; frequently a small but distinct black antorbital spot;
often a rather distinct blackish neckstreak .......................................
3

2b Outside of ears often nearly naked in centre; upperparts generally
greyish brownish-yellow; no blackish spot in upper postorbital region;
no distinct black antorbital spot; sometimes a rather distinct blackish
neckstreak ....................................................................................
4

3a Generally a small but distinct black antorbital spot; usually a rather

distinct blackish neckstreak (— Guragao; type-locality —) ..................

................................. Od. gymnotis curassavicus subsp. nov.

3b Probably no distinct black antorbital spot; without a rather distinct
blackish neckstreak (— La Goajira and probably Santa Marta district —)
............... considered identical with
Od. gymnotis curassavicus

4a Frontals usually rather abruptly elevated and rather strongly ridged
medially, probably rarely deeply indented between base of pedicel and
orbit (— assumed to occur in northern Venezuela only; type-locality:
quot;Gegend des Orenocoquot; —) ...
Od. gymnotis gymnotis (Wiegmann, 1833)

4b Frontals usually abruptly elevated and strongly ridged medially,
usually deeply indented between base of pedicel and orbit (— Margarita;
type-locality —) ........................
Od. gymnotis margaritae Osgood, 1910

Rising from our incomplete and often confusing knowledge of South American
deer, the accepted species and subspecies are delimitated in a rather arbitrary way.

General data on Odocoileus gymnotis

[Observed in Curagao (c), Margarita (m), the mainland of Venezuela (v)
and The Hague, from specimens which were brought from the Venezuelan
mainland, state of Sucre(n).]

The first 2—3 months of their life, the young have a conspicuous white-
spotted coat, the hairs generally are soft and more erect than in older
specimens, the upperparts are rather equally vivid yellowish-brown, often with
a shght reddish tinge (c, v, n). After the first moult the pelage is still rather
soft, but in other respects is quite the same as those of the adults (c, v, n).
Resulting from the design of the hair, the brown or brownish-yellow colour is
more obvious in the fresh-mouked pelage. Vague remnants of the white spots
may be observed in adult state in mediodorsal region (c, m, v, n). — Impregn-
ation may occur at the age of 1 year (n); the gestation being about months
(n). Whelping occurs in February (c, n), March (n), April (n), June (v, n).

-ocr page 78-

Skull-measurements in adult Odocoiteus gymnotis
(in mm; distances in straight lines; left and right averaged)

Locality

Curagao

Margarita

Number

5

6

7 1 8

9

v.d.H.

14

15

16

17

Sex

m.

m.

m.

m.

m.

m.

f.

m.

m.

m.

235

232

251

248

256

248

209

240

240

233

tip of premaxilla — back of occipital condyle.....

222

220

236

232

235

197

229

230

221

tip of premaxilla — intercondyloid incision......

205H

2023^

217

217

217

183

213

214

207

tip of premaxilla — anterior edge of auditory canal . . .

200

197

210

209

215

209A

179H

204

205

200

tip of premaxilla — anterior border of choana.....

143

140

ISO'A

151

156

153

149

149

145

70M

72

727

72

7VA

71'A

(66)

68M

70'A

69

41

42H

42

42

41

42

39

32

40H

40

tip of premaxilla — front of P^..........

71

69

75?

75'A

78

76A

(66)

72

71

71

alveolar-lenght of upper molariform series.......

68M

68'A

69?

69H

67'A

67

(66'A)

67

67

65H

between inner-edges of P^-alveoles.........

24M

25

31H

29

32

27

(25)

30

30

28

between outer-edges of P^-alveoles.........

45

47

53H

50

50

49H

(41)

49

47M

49

between inner-edges of M®-alveoles.........

35^

37

39H

37

42

35

33

39

41

40

between outer-edges of M®-alveoles.........

64H

67H

73?

68H

72

69

60

68

69

67M

54

54

^571/2

rr

57

y

55Vi

54

54H

57

55H

median tip of nasalbone — supraoccipital process ....

VPO

fl8/

f203

f200

[208

^200

V

'l63

A

'194

A

'191 1

fl85

66M

71^

73^

74

73A

51^

70^

66^

67

breadth of nasalbone..............

18

17

21

21

20

20

14^

17M

17H

17

122

120

127

129

130

127

107

121

122

119

width of orbit, parallel to skull-axis.........

37

37

40

38

39

40

39

39

40

39'A

height of orbit, perpendicular to skull-axis.......

35

36

37

39

39

39

34H

38

39

posterior border of orbit — supraoccipital process ....

97

98

111

104

112

104

82

100

101

97

between borders of orbits............

55

55

64

61

61

59H

44

57

58

55

between outside of zygomatical arches........

98

100

111

109

113

110

85

105

105

101

breadth near mastoid prominences.........

73

70

80

80

85

80

64'A

84

83'A

77

between paraoccipital processes..........

53

51

52

55

47

42

51

52

49

height of braincase across parietalbone and basisphenoid .

59

61

59

63

64

65

52^

63

60A

60

supraoccipital process — nuchal tubercles.......

32

32

34

32

33

26H

33H

31H

31K

nuchal tubercles — opposite innerside of foramen magnum

20H

19}^

19

20

—.

20

19

19

m

19H

between inner-edges of occipital condyles.......

20

18

15H

19

—.

WA

16'A

iS'A

17

16

between outer-edges of occipital condyles .......

44

44

43

45H

—.

441A

36H

41

44H

42H

top of forehead — basal-level...........

90

90

95

85

90

94

75

90

85

80

diameter of pedicel, averaged on narrowest part ....

16

19

23

22

26

22

X

35

25

20

top of mandible — coronoid process........

191

194

_

207

206

171

top of mandible — dentary condyle.........

179

178

190

191

m'A

163

175

174

185

184

183

160

58H

56H

(65H)

70

70A

(52A)

77^

79'/2

74

72

72H

73A

top of coronoid process — basal-level........

96

93

101?

110

87

-ocr page 79-

Skull-measurements in adult Odocoileus gymnotis
(in mm; distances in straight lines; left and right averaged)

Locality

Curasao

Margarita

Number

5

6

7 1 8

9

v.d.H.

14

15

16

17

Sex

m.

m.

m.

m.

m.

m.

f.

m.

m.

m.

tip of premaxilla — supraoccipital process......

235

232

251

248

256

248

209

240

240

233

tip of premaxilla — back of occipital condyle.....

222

220

236

232

235

197

229

230

221

tip of premaxilla — intercondyloid incision......

205H

202H

217

217

217

183

213

214

207

tip of premaxilla — anterior edge of auditory canal . . .

200

197

210

209

215

2093^

179 A

204

205

200

tip of premaxilla — anterior border of choana.....

143

140

150H

151

156

153

149

149

145

crown-length of upper molariform series.......

701^

71

72?

72

71H

71H

(66)

683^

70A

69

crown-length of upper M^-M®...........

41

42H

42

42

41

42

39

32

40A

40

tip of premaxilla — front of P^..........

71

69

75?

75H

78

76^2

(66)

72

71

71

alveolar-lenght of upper molariform series.......

68H

^Wi

69?

69^

67M

67

(66 A)

67

67

653^

between inner-edges of P^-alveoles.........

24M

25

31H

29

32

27

(25)

30

30

28

between outer-edges of P^-alveoles.........

45

47

53H

50

50

49^

(41)

49

473^

49

between inner-edges of IVP-alveoles.........

35'A

37

39H

37

42

35

33

39

41

40

between outer-edges of M^-alveoles.........

64H

67H

73?

68H

72

69

60

68

69

67A

54

54

{203

Ua

57

551/2

54

543/2

57

SS'A

/

^208

A

L.

^194 1

A

median tip of nasalbone ■— supraoccipital process ....

'190

\\9,7

200

200

'163

1191 1

1185

68^

66M

71K

' 73H

74

73M

51A

70A

66A

67

breadth of nasalbone..............

18

17

21

21

20

20

14A

17 A

17 A

17

tip of premaxilla — anterior border of orbit......

122

120

127

129

130

127

107

121

122

119

width of orbit, parallel to skull-axis.........

37

37

40

38

39

40

39

39

40

393^

height of orbit, perpendicular to skull-axis.......

35

36

37

39

39

39

343^

38

39

37A

posterior border of orbit — supraoccipital process ....

97

98

111

104

112

104

82

100

101

97

between borders of orbits............

55

55

64

61

61

593^

44

57

58

55

between outside of zygomatical arches........

98

100

111

109

113

110

85

105

105

101

breadth near mastoid prominences.........

73

70

80

80

85

80

643/^

84

83A

77

between paraoccipital processes..........

53

51

52

55

47

42

51

52

49

height of braincase across parietalbone and basisphenoid .

59

61

59

63

64

65

52H

63

603^

60

supraoccipital process —■ nuchal tubercles.......

32

32

34

32

33

263^

333^

313^

313^

nuchal tubercles — opposite innerside of foramen magnum

20^

19

20

—•

20

19

19

ISA

193^

between inner-edges of occipital condyles.......

20

18

153^

19

183^

16A

15A

17

16

44

44

43

45H

443^

36A

41

44A

423^

top of forehead — basal-level...........

90

90

95

85

90

94

75

90

85

80

diameter of pedicel, averaged on narrowest part ....

16

19

23

22

26

22

X

35

25

20

191

194

_

207

206

171

_

179

178

190

191

1883^

163

tip of mandible — angular process.........

175

174

185

184

183

160

58H

56H

(65H)

70

70'A

(52A)

—.

alveolar-length of lower molariform series......

77A

79M

74

72

72A

73A

top of coronoid process — basal-level........

96

93

101?

110

87

-ocr page 80-

July (v), August (c, v) and December (n); number of young as a rule 1
(c.
v, n), rarely 2 (v). The first rubbing of the antlers happens at about 13 (n)
or 10 (n, abnormal) months; their growth takes about 3 months yearly at quite
regular intervals (n); they are shed in March (v, n), July (n, abnormal),
November (c) and December (v.).

Odocoilcus gymnotis margaritae Osgood, 1910

Osgood, 1910. p. 24 (sub margaritae)-, Cabrera, 1918, p. 307.

MARGARITA, Vicinity of Puerto Manzanillo (P. Viejo), 1 male, killed
at New York, May 16, 1910, abt. VA year old, teste Osgood; vicinity
of Puerto Manzanillo, bom abt. May 1935, died in Porlamar at the fall of
1936 (Odocoileus 14, female, skull); Boca del Pozo, Macanao, V. 1936
(Odoc. 15, male, skull); Laguna Dulce, Macanao, V. 1936 (16—17, males,
skulls; eastern Margarita, V. 1936 (18—20, females, skins).

Venado, venao.

Characters. Outside of ears sparsely haired, often nearly naked in centre,
the skin usually rather darkly coloured; upperpart of body yellowish or
greyish-brown; no blackish spot in upper postorbital region, no distinct black
spot above anterior eye-corner; a long blackish neckstreak. Condylobasal-length
of skull abt. 225 mm, equals abt. 2,2 zygomatical-breadth; frontals usually
abruptly elevated, strongly ridged medially, frequendy deeply indented between
base of pedicel and orbit.

Though I am not convinced that the cranial characters, in which, according
to Osgood,
Odocoileus margaritae differs from its relative of the mainland,
should even justify a separation as subspecies, lack of material prohibits a
definite decision in this matter.

Occurring in Margarita in rather limited numbers, probably more common
in Macanao and along the southern slopes of the Cerros de Copey.

-ocr page 81-

Odocoileus gymnotis curassavicus subsp. nov.

Cervus capceolus, Simons, 1868, p. 155. Odocoileus mavgaritae Osgood,
van der Horst, 1924, p. 6, fig. p. 5.
Odocoileus gymnotis (Wiegmann),
Hummelinck, 1938, p. 209, fig. p. 38.

H o 1 o t y p e : Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden, collector's
number Odocoileus 5 (skeleton, skin, tongue, liver, kidneys, genital organs;
tab. IX). Type-locality: Island of Curasao. Description: Adult male with
shedded antlers, about 40 kg; large pedal-glands in fore- and hindfeet, well
developed tarsal-glands, no metatarsal-glands. Condylobasal-length of skull
222 rrnn, preorbital-length 122 mm, zygomatical-breadth 98 mm; hindfoot 350 mm,
foreleg 465 mm. Upperpart of body yellowish-grey, slightly brown, finely
punctuated with dark-grey or black; between ears with a rather conspicuous
concentration of black, about cm broad, narrowing to a vague dark line
which fades towards centre part of neck; a pair of distinct black, oval spots
in antorbital region, about
V/i X Vz cm; no blackish spot in upper postorbital
region; outside of ears rather dark greyish, finely punctuated with black and
somewhat yellow, regularly though sparsely covered by thin, to 5 mm long
hairs, the central part rather naked at first sight, more densely haired towards
margin and base, the anterior part and margin somewhat darker, slightly blackish,
the skin rather lightly coloured.

Paratypes: Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden, coll. nr.
Odoc. 2 (rather juvenile female, skeleton, skin, tongue, heart and lungs, digestive
tract, kidneys; tab. X); Zoölogisch Museum, Amsterdam, cf. van der Horst,
1924, fig. p. 5, Curasao (adult male, skull, skin); id. Curagao (female, skin);
id., Curasao (skin).

Diagnosis. Outside of ears sparsely haired, occasionally nearly naked
in centre, the skin rather lightly coloured; upperpart of body generally brownish
greyish-yellow; usually a small blackish spot in upper postorbital region, a
distinct black spot above anterior eye-corner; a short, vague, blackish neck-
streak. Condylobasal-length of skull abt. 230 mm, equals abt. 2,2 zygomatical-
breadth; frontals rather abruptly elevated, distinctly ridged medially, rather
deeply indented between base of pedicel and orbit.

CURAgAO, St. Silvester, St. Hyronimus, 22.XI.1936 (Odocoileus 5,
shot by H. J. Paffen, male, skull, skin, skel., etc.); Savonet, born
VIII.1936, brought to The Hague IV.1937, died 20.V.1937 (Odoc. 2,
van der Linde Schotborgh don., female, skull, skin, etc.); Knip
(cf. van der Horst, 1924, fig. p. 5, male, skull, skin); Curasao (Amster-
dam, female, skin); Curagao (Amsterdam, skin); St. Hyronimus, XI. 1936
6, male, skull, skel.); Savonet, X.1936 (7, male, skull); Savonet, X.1936
(8—9, van der Linde Schotborgh don., males, skulls); Savonet,

X.1936nbsp;(10, antlers); Savonet, V.1930 (11 —11a, antlers); Curagao,

XI.1936nbsp;(12-13, St. Thomas College don., antlers). CURAgAO?, 11.1937
(3, de Wit don., juv., female?, skull, headskin, feet); II. 1937 (4, de Wit
don., juv., male?, skull, headskin, feet). — GOAJIRA, Serrania Macuire,
Puerto Lopez, born. abt. VIII. 1936, died in Curasao II. 1937 (1, male, skull,
headskin, feet). - Tab. IX-X.

Bina, binaar, binau, hert (Cur.); venado, irama (Goaj.).

-ocr page 82-

The Goajira-specimen (Odoc. 1) and the two juveniles from Curagao?
(Odoc. 3—4), which might be imported from northeastern Colombia, have
no black antorbital spot and no trace of neckstreak; they are, therefore, only
provisionally reckoned to this subspecies.

Occurring in western Curasao in very limited numbers only, especially on
the plantations St. Hyronimus, Savonet, Knip and St. Kruis; probably rather
common in the northern part of the peninsula of La Goajira and South of Rio
ffacha. On Curasao, their number might be estimated at about 100 in 1930,
at about 100—150 in 1936; formerly they appear to have been more numerous
and were also found in the eastern part of the island. In 1931 shooting and
keeping was prohibited by the Government. — Mainland-fawns are not
unfrequently kept by the inhabitants of the islands; on Curagao and Aruba
most of these came from the Santa Marta region and La Goajira, on Bonaire
and Margarita Venezuelan specimens may be found. In consequence of the
keeping-prohibition, a few captive mainland-specimens have been set free on
Curasao.

RODENTIA
LEPORIDAE
Sylvilagus Gray, 1867

Hares, with small tail, interparietal generally persisting as a distinct bone,
ear shorter than hindfoot, postorbital process united with cranium and enclosing
a narrow foramen, sole densely furred. Southern United States to northern
Argentina.

Key to the North Venezuelan, Northeast Colombian
and Cura^oan species and subspecies

la Nape deep black; hindfoot 7lt;S—85 mm, forefoot 37—39 mm;
condylobasal-length of skull 67—64]/^ mm;

interorbital-breadth 73}^—15J4 mm, nasalbone 30]/2—31J^ mm, outer
edges of upper P^-alveolesnbsp;17% mm;

ear-length 52^2—56 mm, ear-width 36—38 mm;

zygomatical-breadth 33]/^-34J^ mm, lower alveolar-length 73%—
14% mm, breadth of lower I 5%—5}^ mm (— Curagao, Aruba;

type-locality Aruba ■—) .........................................................

..................... Sylv. nigronuchalis nigtonuchalis (Hartert, 1894)

la' Probably the same characters (— Falcon, northern Zulia; type-

locality vicinity of Maracaibo —) ......................................................

........................... Sylv. nigronuchalis continentis Osgood, 1912

lb Nape light yellowish-brown; hindfoot S5—90 mm, forefoot 40—-#5-46
mm; condylobasal-length of skull 65—65—703/2 mm ........................... 2

2a Interorbital-breadth behind posterior supraorbital processes
1434 mm, length of nasalbone 32—34 mm, distance between outer edges
of upper P'^-alveoles 77%—18 mm, condylobasal-length 65—67 mm;

ear-length 55—57 mm, ear-width 47-42 mm, forefoot 43—45 mm;
zygomatical-breadth 33%—353^ mm, lower alveolar-length 7434—
15 mm, breadth of lower I 5%—6 mm.

(— La Goajira, Santa Marta district; type-locahty Bonda, near
Santa Marta —) ..................................................................

-ocr page 83-

...... Sylv. cumanicus saperciliatis (J. A. Allen, 1899) Comb. nov.

2b Interorbital-breadth behind posterior supraorbital processes 14%—
/i—lSJ^ mm, length of nasalbone 353^—38 mm, distance between outer
edges of upper pi-alveoles 79—2034—21}^ mm, condylobasal-length 663^—
65—703^ mm ................................................................................. 3

3a Ear-length from notch 63 mm, ear-width 47 mm, forefoot 40 mm;
condylobasal-length 70 mm;

zygomatical-breadth 3634 mm- lower alveolar-length 153^2 mm. breadth
of lower I 6 mm (— Sucre, prob. Aragua, Carabobo and Falcon; type-
locality Cumana —) .........
Sglv. cumanicus cumanicus (Thomas, 1897)

3b Ear-length from notch 53^54^57 mm, ear-width 3S—39—40 mm,
forefoot 44^45^46 mm; condylobasal-length 663^—65—7034 mm ...... 4

4a Zygomatical-breadth 36}4^36}/2 mm, alveolar-length of lower
molariform series i6—163^- mm, combined breadth of lower I at top
6)4^7 mm, condylobasal-length 663^—6934 mm (—Los Testigos; type-
locality Testigo Grande —) ......................................................

........................ Syh. cumanicus avius Osgood, 1910 comb. nov.

4b Zygomatical-breadth 35^—3734 mm, alveolar-length of lower
molariform seriesnbsp;15% mm, combined breadth of lower I at top

6—6 mm, condylobasal-length 65—7034 mm (—Margarita; type-
locality ■—) ...
Sylv, cumanicus margariiae (Miller, 1898) comb. nov.

Characters of Syh'. nigron. nigconuchalis from 19 specimens, of cum. super-
ciliaris
from 5 spec. (La Goajira), of cum. cumanicus from 1 spec. (Araya), of
cum. avius from 5 spec., of cum. margaritae from 6 spec.

It is certain that the relation of species and subspecies will prove to be much
more complicated than this synopsis lead us to suppose. The relation between
these species and the many other named forms of South-American
Sylvilagus
is still very vague.

Sylvilagus nigronuchalis nigronuchalis (Hartert, 1894)

Hartert, 1894, p. 40 (sub Lepus nigr.)-, Osgood, 1910, p. 28 (sub nigc.);
van der Horst, 1924, p. 5 (sub Sylvilagas nigr.). — Lepus cuniculus,
Simons, 1868, p. 156.

CURAgAO, Malpays, 30.XI.1936 (Sylvilagus 21-23); Dokterstuin,
27.X.1936 (Sylv. 24); Dokterstuin, 23.X.1936 (25); St. Hyronimus,
21.XI. 1936 (26); St. Silvester, St. Hyronimus, 25.XI. 1936 (27); Eastern
Curagao, V.1920 (cf. vander Horst, 1 spec.); Curagao, 1908 (1 spec.,
teste Osgood). ARUBA, Oranjestad, 14.XII.1936 (28); Oranjestad,
2.1.1937 (29-30); Santa Cruz, 2.1.1937 (31); Droemidera, Fontein, 9.1.1937
(32—33); Falcon near Tanki Leendert, 26.XII. 1936 (34—36); Fontein,
29.VI.1930 (37-38); Oranjestad?, 8.1.1937 (39); Aruba, 1892 (1 spec.,
teste Hartert); Aruba, 1909 (3 spec., teste Osgood). — Tab. X.

Kaniensjie, konijntje.

According to the description of Osgood, Sylvilagus nigronuchalis contineniis
may be practically identical with the insular form.

Rather commonly found on the islands of Curagao and Aruba, rare in well-
populated districts. Very probably not occurring on Bonaire.

-ocr page 84-

Sylvilagus cumanicus margaritae (Miller, 1898) comb, nov,

Robinson, 1896, p. 651 (sub Lepus brasiliensis) ; Miller, 1898, p. 97
(sub
Lepus marg.); Osgood, 1910, p. 29 (sub marg.).

MARGARITA, Los Robles, 5.VI.1936 (Sylvilagus 12-13); San Antonio,
27.V.1936 (Sylv. 14); Laguna Duke, Macanao, 20.V.1936 (15—16);
Porlamar, 2.VI.1936 (17-20); Margarita, VII.1895 (1 spec., teste
Miller et Robinson); Margarita, 1909 (13 spec., teste Osgood).
Conejo.

Rather often occurring in the easten part of Margarita, more common in te
western part.

Sylvilagus cumanicus avius Osgood, 1910 comb. nov.
Osgood, 1910, p. 29 (sub
avius).

TESTIGOS, Isla de Conejo, 17.VI.1936 (Sylvilagus 7-11); Tamarindo
(Testigo Grande), 14.11.1909 (1 spec., teste Osgood).
Common on the small, uninhabited Isla de Conejo of Los Testigos; not found
on Tamarindo, the type-locality of this insular form.

Only differing from Sylv. cum. margaritae in having a broader skull with
heavier dentition.

SCIURIDAE

Sciurus nesaeus Gl. M. Allen, 1902

Robinson, 1896, p. 651 (sub aestaans hoffmanni); Allen, Gl. M., 1902,
p. 93; Osgood, 1910, p. 26.

MARGARITA, El Valle, 8.VII.1901 (1 spec., teste Allen et Robin-
son); El Valle, 1909 (2 spec., teste Osgood).
Margarita.

MURI DAE

Epimys rattus (Linné, 1766)

Simons, 1868, p. 156 (sub Mus rathas); Allen, Gl. M., 1902, p. 94 (sub
Mus alexandrinus) ; Sanchez, 1921, p. 67 (sub Mus).

MARGARITA, El Valle, 1901 (1 spec., teste Allen); Porlamar,
29.V.1936 (Epimys 1-4); near Porlamar, 26.V.1936 (Epim. 5-6, M. A. C
H i n t o n et R. W. H a y m a n det.). CURAÇAO, Piscadera, 28.XI.1936(7).
Rata, rata casera (Marg.); rata, djaka, rat, huisrat (Cur.).
Widely spread; Margarita, Curaçao.

Epimys norvegicus (Erxleben, 1777)
Martin, 1888 I, p. 119 (sub
Mus decamamis).

CURAÇAO, 1885 (1 spec, mus. Leiden, cf, Martin). Doubtful.
Widely spread; Curaçao?

Mus musculus Linné, 1766

Simons, 1868, p. 156; Martin, 1888 I, p. 119; Allen, Gl.nbsp;M., 1902;
Sanchez, 1921,
p. 67.

MARGARITA, 1901 (4 spec., teste Allen); Porlamar,nbsp;22.V.1936

(Mus 1—2, with 5 juv.); Porlamar, 26.V.1936 (Mus 3—4);nbsp;Porlamar,

-ocr page 85-

l.VI.1936 (5-6); Porlamar, l.VII.1936 (7). CLIRAQAO, Willemstad,
1885 (6 spec., mus. Leiden, cf. Martin); Bloemhof, Willemstad, l.Xl.1936
(8); Piscadera, 20.X.1936 (9).
Ratón, ratón de casa (Marg.); raton, muis, huismuis (Cur.).
Widely spread; Margarita, Curasao.

CRICETIDAE
Oryzomys spec.

MARGARITA, Cueva Honda del Piache, lO.Vll.1936 (mandibles).
CURAÇAO, Grot van Hato, 21.1X.1936 (mandibles, M. A. C. Hint on
et R. W. Hay man det.).

Hesperomys? spec.

ARUBA, Vader Piet near Fontein, 9.11.1937 (1 spec, juv., M. A. C.
H i n t O n et R. W. H a y m a n det.).

OCTODONTIDAE
Echimys flavidus (Hollister, 1914)
Robinson, 1896, p. 651 (sub
Loncheres spec.); H o 11 i s t e r, 1914, p. 143
(sub
Loncheres).

MARGARITA, El Valle, 9. VIL 1895 (1 spec., teste Ho Hi ster et
Robinson).
Margarita.

XENARTHRA
DASYPODIDAE
Dasypus novcmcincftis Linné, 1766
MARGARITA, El Valle, 22.VI.1936 (Dasypus 1, male).
Cachicamo.

Texas to northern Argentina, Trinidad, Grenada; Margarita!.

CHIROPTERA

EMBALLONURIDAE
Peroptcryx canina trinitatis (Miller, 1899) comb. nov.
Miller, 1899, p. 178 (sub
trin.); Allen, Gl. M., 1902, p. 95 (sub
Peroptcryx spec.); Pit tier et T a t e, 1932, p. 270 (sub canina).

MARGARITA, El Valle, 13.VII.1901 (1 spec., teste Allen, cf.
Pit tier et Tate); Guatamare, near El Valle, 25.V.1936 (Peropteryx
1-49).

Murcielago (collective noun for bat in Venezuela).
According to Miller,
P. trinitatis is disdnguished from P. canina by its small
size; the differences, however, may hardly justify a separation as subspecies.

The species canina is widely distributed on the continent, from Guatemala
to the Mato Grosso, only intruding the West Indies from the South as far as
Trinidad and Grenada; the specimens from the latter localities
{P. trinitatis
and P. canina phaea) are very closely related or probably identical to those
from the adjacent mainland. Margarita.

-ocr page 86-

TABLE 7.

Variation in Peroptergx canina trinitatis
(females in ordinary numbers, males in thick type)

forearm.

in mm (external measurement with folded thumb)

totals

quot;ra

38V2

39

39V.

40

4OV2

41

4IV2

42

42'A

43

43V2

Is?
s ^ J

leVz

1

1

„ a -a

C ^

17

2

1

1

2

H S 0

® i 2
c d

ra SJ 8
30quot;-

17H
18

WA
19

1
1

2
1

2
2

21

2

5

1

6

8
2
1

4

2
1

1

3
22
7
2

5

6

w
1

1

2

5

4

1
2

8

7

11

4

3

1

35

14

PHYLLOSTOMIDAE
Chilonycteris parnelli (Gray, 1843)

Tomes, 1861, p. 66 (sub osbutnii); Peters, 1873, p. 360; Rehn, 1904,
p. 194.

MARGARITA, Cave of El Piache near El Valle, 10.VII.1936, St. 142
(Chilonycteris 1—3).

Probably belonging to this species, though differing from the Jamaica-
specimens (cf. Tomes et Rehn) by longer extremities (forearmnbsp;61 mm,

tibia 22—221^ mm, in males).

Jamaica (C. parn. parnelli), Cuba (C. parn. boothi), Puerto-Rico (C. parn.
portoricensis)
, once recorded from Puerto Cabello, Venezuela (teste Peters);
Margarita!.

Mormoops mcgalophylla megalophylla Peters, 1864

MARGARITA, Cave of El Piache near El Valle, 10.VII.1936, St. 142
(Mormoops 1—6).

Mexico to Ecuador and Venezuela, Trinidad; Margarita!.

-ocr page 87-

Momoops megalophylla intermedia (Miller, 1900)

Miller, 1900, p. 160 (sub Mem.); Rehn, 1902, p. 170; Osgood, 1910,
p. 30.

CURAgAO, Cave of Hato, 29.IV. 1900, and other parts of the island
(164 spec., teste Miller); Curagao, 1908 (80 spec., teste Osgood).
ARUBA, Cave of Quadirikiri, 29.VI.1930 (Mormoops 7); Cave of
Quadirikiri, 9.11.1937, St. 251 (Morm. 8-10).

Raton die anotsjie (collective noun for bat in Curagao, Aruba and
Bonaire).

Curagao, Aruba!.

Micronycteris megalotis (Gray, 1842)

Robinson, 1896, p. 651 (sub Schizostoma megaloies); Allen, Gl. M.,
1902, p. 96.

MARGARITA, El Valle, 12.VII.1895 (2 spec., teste Robinson et
Allen); Cave near El Valle, 13
.Vn.l901 (2 spec., teste Allen).

Honduras to Bolivia and Brasil; Margarita.

Glossophaga soricina (Pallas, 1766)

Martin, 1888 I, p. 119; Allen, Gl. M., 1902, p. 96. - Glossophaga
clongata
Miller, 1900, p. 124; Miller, 1900, p. 159; Miller, 1913, p. 423.

TESTIGOS, Isla de Conejo, 17.VI.1936, St. 165 (Glossophaga 1-9).
MARGARITA, Cave near El Valle, 13.VII.1901 (2 spec., teste Allen).
BONAIRE, Cueba Watapana, l.IV.1937, St. 183 (Gloss. 10-12).
CURACAO, Willemstad, 4.XII.1899 (some spec., teste Miller, 1900);
Cave of Hato and other localities, 1900 (27 spec., teste Miller, 1900;
Cave near Hermanus, 1885 (3 spec., mus. Leiden, cf. Martin); Cave
of Hato, 16.IX.1936, St. 219 (13-14). ARUBA, Seroe Canashito,
7.XII.1936 (15—16); Cave near Fontein, 1885 (1 spec., mus. Leiden).

The specimens do not agree with the description of G. clongata, though
partly coming from the type-locality of that species; G.
clongata is therefore
provisonally treated under G.
soricina. The specimens from the Testigos-islands,
which, on geographical grounds, could be attributed to G.
longirostris Miller,
differ from those of Bonaire, Curagao and Aruba in having larger ears and a
longer free tip of tail.

According to Miller, 1913, G. soricina is distributed over the entire
continent from Brasil and Paraguay to central Mexico, with the Tres Marias-
islands and Jamaica; G.
longirostris appears to be restricted to the coast-region
of northern South America and the southern Caribbees; G.
elongata is confined
to Curagao. Los Testigos!, Margarita, Bonaire!, Curagao, Aruba!.

Leptonyctcris curasoae Miller, 1900

Miller, 1900, p. 126; Trouessart, 1904, p. 114 (sub curacaoae).

CURAgAO, 1899? (1 spec., teste Miller). ARUBA, Cave of Quadiri-
kiri, 29.VI. 1930 (Leptonycteris 1—7).

Curagao, Aruba!.

-ocr page 88-

NATALIDAE

Phodotes tumidirosfris (Miller, 1900)

Miller, 1900, p. 160 (sub Nafalus); Osgood, 1910, p. 30.

CURAgAO, Cave of Hato, l.V.1900 (2 spec., teste Miller); Curasao.
1908 (2 spec., teste Osgood).

Curasao. A subspecies continentis Thomas has been described from the
mainland of Venezuela; the related species
stramincus (Gray), distributed from
Mexico to Brasil, has been recorded from Dominica and Hispaniola.

VESPERTILIONIDAE

Myotis nigricans (Wied, 1823)

van der Horst. 1924, p. 5. — Myotis nesopolus Miller, 1900, p. 123;
Osgood, 1912, p. 65.

CURAÇAO, Willemstad, 4.XI.1899 (1 spec, teste Miller); Fort
Beekenburg, 8.1V.1920 (1 spec., mus. Amsterdam, cf. van der Horst);
Willemstad, spring 1940 (1 spec., fr. M. Realino don.; doubtful).

Finding no differences to justify the existence of a M. nesopolus, this species
is treated provisionally under
M. nigricans.

Mexico to Brasil, Argentina and Bolivia, West Indies; Curasao. M. nesopolus
should be confined to Curasao.

Rhogeessa minutilla Miller, 1897

Robinson, 1896, p. 651 (sub Vesperugo parvulus); Miller, 1897, p. 139
(non viso); Allen, G 1. M., 1902, p. 95.

MARGARITA, 8.VII.1895 (1 spec., teste Allen et Robinson);
El Valle, VII.1901 (1 spec., teste Allen).

Margarita. Very closely related to R. tumida H. Allen and R. io Thomas
from the Venezuelan mainland.

MOLOSSIDAE
Molossus major (Kerr, 1792)

Allen. Gl. M., 1902, p. 96 (sub obscurus); Werner, 1925, p. 556 (? sub
ru[us).

MARGARITA, El Valle, VII.1901 (3 spec., teste Allen); Guatamare,
near El Valle, 25.V.1936 (Molossus 1—2). BONAIRE, 1925 ('teste
Werner); Dos Pos, 5.VI.1930 (Moloss. 3—5); Hofje Fontein, 22.V.1930
(6-7); Kralendijk, 24.X.1930 (8).

W e r n e r's record of M. rufus from Bonaire might possibly refer to this
species.

M. major, narrowly delimitated according to Miller, 1913, occurs in
Dominica, Trinidad and northern Venezuela; in its wider sense, considered
identical with
M. obscurus Geoffroy, it has a distribution from Central America
and the West Indies to Peru and Brasil. Margarita, Bonaire!.

Molossus pygmaeus Miller, 1900

Miller, 1900, p. 162; Miller, 1913, p. 92.

-ocr page 89-

CURAÇAO, Willemstad, 16.1.1900 (1 spec., teste Miller); Hofje
Porto Marie, 18.IV.1930 (Molossus 9).
Possibly confined to Curaçao, but with several resembling forms on the
continent.

MARSUPIALIA
DIDELPHYIDAE
Philander trinitatis venezuelae (Thomas, 1903)
Allen, Gl. M., 1902, p. 92 (sub
Caluromys philander)-, Pittier et Tate,

1932,nbsp;p. 253.

MARGARITA, EI Valle, 12.VII.1901 (1 female, 3 juv., teste Allen).
Sucre; Margarita.

Marmosa mitis robinsoni Bangs, 1898

Robinson, 1896, p. 651 (sub Didelphys marina); Bangs, O., 1898,
p. 95 (sub
robinsoni); Allen, G1. M., 1911, p. 194 (sub robinsoni); Tate,

1933,nbsp;p. 118.

MARGARITA, El Valle?, 12.VII.1895 (3 spec., teste Bangs et
Robinson).
Sucre; Margarita.

SAURIA

GEKKONIDAE

Gonatodes albogularis (Duméril et Bibron, 1836)
Cope, 1885, p. 180, 182 (sub
Goniodactylus); Stejneger, 1917, p. 265;
de Rooy, 1922, p. 250; Ruth ven, 1923, p. 2; Cochran, 1934, p. 4.

GOAJIRA, Tucacas, St. 286 (Gonatodes 76-79); Cabo de la Vela.
St. 290 (Gonat. 80-81); Uribia, St. 288 (82-86); Rio Hacha, 18.1.1937
(87). ARUBA, teste Cope. CURAÇAO, Pietermaai, 11.1940 (88-91;
fr. Reahno don.) ; mus. Amsterdam, cf. d e R o o y; teste Cope, Ruthven,
Cochran.

Machurito, curumachar, culumasâr (Goaj.); totettie, toertiekie (Cur.).
The records for Curaçao and Aruba might possibly refer to recently introduced
specimens.

Colombia, Venezuela; Aruba, Curaçao.

Gonatodes vittatus (Lichtenstein, 1856)

Boulenger, 1885 I, p. 60; Ruthven, 1923, p. 2.

PARAGUANA, Carirubana, 15.11.1937 (Gonatodes 1—7); Cerro Trans-
verso, St. 280 (Gonat. 8). LA GUAIRA, Cabo Blanco, St. 121 (9—10).
GUANTA, St. 122 (11-12). CARÜPANO, Esmerarda, St. 124 (13-14);
Puerto Santo, St. 125 (15-19). ARA Y A, Chacopata, St. 127 (20-22);
Isla de Caribes, St. 128 (23). COCHE, St. 129 (observed). CUBAGUA,
St. 130 (24). MARGARITA, La Asuncion, St. 148 (25); Porlamar, St. 155
(26-35); Porlamar, 4.VIII.1936 (36-37); Morro Moreno, 8.VII.1936 (38);
Isla Blanca, St. 156 (39—43). TESTIGOS, Morro de la Iguana, St. 158

-ocr page 90-

(44); Chiwo, St. 159 (45-51); Angoletta, St. 160 (52-54); Isla de Conejo,
St. 165 (55). FRAILES, Puerto Real. St. 166 (56); La Pecha, St. 168
(57—61). CURAgAO, mus. Leiden, Schilt coll.; teste B o u 1 e n g e r.
ARUBA, Heintje Croes, St. 276 (62-67); Oranjestad, 22.XII.1936
(68-69); Oranjestad, 24.XII.1936 (70); Oranjestad 4.1.1937 (71); Oranje-
stad (72-75). - Tab. XII.

Mea-mea (E. Venez.); lagartija (Parag.); totekkie, toertiekie (Ar.).

The records for Curasao were perhaps based on introduced specimens or may
be due to inexact labelling.

Colombia, Venezuela, Southern Lesser Antilles; Margarita!, Coche!, Cubagua!,
Los Testigos!, Los Frailes!, Curasao?, Aruba.

Gonatodes spec. (? albogularis aff.)

TORTUGA, St. 173 (Gonatodes 92-94). ORCHILA, Huespen, St. 175
(Gonat. 95).

Mea-mea.

Tortuga!, Orchila!.

Gonatodes spec. (? vittatus aff.)

ROQUES, Gran Roque, St. 176 (Gonatodes 96).

Mea-mea.

Los Roques!.

Gonatodes spec. (? Gymnodactylus aff.)

HERMANOS, Morro Pando, St. 170 (Gonatodes 97—100; 97 and 100
in Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden; 98—99 in Zoölogisch
Museum, Amsterdam); Morro Fondeadero, St. 169 (observed).

Mea-mea.

Characters. Snout acutely pointed, somewhat concave mediodorsally,
3—3H mm long, equalling height of head, % headwidth, Yj distance from tip
of snout to ear, 1J4 distance from ear to posterior eye-border; tip of snout to
vent 23—25 mm; length of foreleg abt. 7 mm, of hindleg abt. 10 mm; generally
12 lamellae beneath fourth finger, 14 beneath fourth toe; about 40(—45) scales
between anterior border of foreleg and vent; tubercles in gular region abt. «/a
size of those in middorsal region; upperparts greyish (in life reddish), without
any well marked design, underparts m.uch lighter. — Juveniles with a well
marked laterodorsal, dark-brown stripe, abruptly beginning in occipital region,
narrowing and becoming more vague on tail; each stripe with an irregular series
of several spots in groundcolour medially, with a little yellow dot in each centre
anteriorly; two narrow yellow stripes below and above the eye, disappearing in
occipital region.

Los Hermanos!.

Gymnodactylus antillensis van Lidth de Jeude, 1887

van Lidth de Jeude, 1887, p. 129; de Rooy, 1922, p. 250; R u t h-
ven, 1923, p. 2; Werner, 1925, p. 534; Cochran, 1934, p. 4.

-ocr page 91-

ORCHILA, teste Cochran. AVES, Ave de Barlovento, St. 179A
(Gymnodactylus 1 — 17); Ave de Barlovento, St. 179 (Gymnod. 18—32).
BONAIRE, Bronswinkel, St. 198 (33-36); Salinja Tam. 23.XI.1930 (37);
Dos Pos, 24.V.1930 (38-41); Dos Pos, 7.VL1930 (42); Tanki Onima,
St. 194 (43-46); Fontein, St. 191 (47-49); Spelonk, 23.XI.1930 (50-
51); Spelonk, St. 187 (52); Kralendijk, 21.VIII.1930 (53-54); Kralen-
dijk, 14.IX.1930 (55-56); Kralendijk, 29.IX.1930 (57-67); Kralendijk,
6.X.1930 (68-70); Kralendijk, l.XII.1930 (71-80); Lima, St. 184 (81).
KLEIN BONAIRE, IO.IX.1930 (82). KLEIN CURAÇAO, St. 200
(83-90). CURACAO, Ronde Klip, St. 201 (91); S. Mainsjie, St. 203
(92-93); Seinpost, St. 204 (94-96); Tafelberg, St. 206 (97); Newport,
St. 207 (98-99); Newport, St. 208 (100); Quarantaine, St. 210 (101)
Willemstad, V.1939 (102); S. Pretoe, St. 213 (103-104); Piscadera, 8.IX
1936 (105-106); Piscadera, 10.III.1937 (107); Evertszberg, St. 214 (108)
Hato, St. 217 (109—111); S. di Cueba, St. 227 (112); Hofje Savonet

4.V.1930nbsp;(113); Westpunt, St. 238 (114); S. Djerimi, St. 242 (115)

5.nbsp;Pieter, Lagoen, 22.IV.1930 (116-118); Pietermaai, n.1940 (119-127
fr. Realino don.); Scherpenheuvel, 11.1940 (128—135, fr. Realino don.)
Brakke Put Ariba, 11.1940 (136-155, Realino don.). - Tab. XIL

Toertiekie, totekki (Cur., Bon.); mea-mea (Aves).
Referring to the type-locality of this species, van Lidth de Jeude
stated that quot;Many specimens were captured in Curasao and Arubaquot;; further
investigations proved, however, that the latter locality may be safely excluded.
The occurrence on Orchila could not be ascertained.

Curasao, Klein Curasao, Bonaire, Klein Bonaire, Las Aves!, Orchila.

Phyllodactylus martini van Lidth de Jeude, 1887

van Lidth de Jeude, 1887, p. 130; de Rooy, 1922, p. 250 (sub
julieni); R u t h ven, 1923, p. 3 (sub palcher)-, Parker, 1935, p. 482. —
Phyllodactylus palcher. R u t h v e n, 1926, p. 2; Stej neger, 1933, p. 49,
Cochran, 1934, p. 4 [p.p.: Bonaire].
Phyllodactylus julieni. Hummelinck,
1938, p. 209.

BONAIRE, Kralendijk, 5.XII.1930 (Phyllodactylus 15). KLEIN BO-
NAIRE, teste Ruth ven, 1923. CURAÇAO, S. Mainsjie, St. 203 (Phyllod.
16-17); Seinpost, St. 204 (18); Newport. St. 207 (19); Newport, St. 20S
(20-21); Emmastad, IX.1930 (22); S. Pretoe, St. 213 (23); Piscadera,
I.IX.1936 (24); Evertszberg, St. 214 (25); S. Spreit, St. 215 (26); Hato,
St. 217 (27); S. Teintje, St. 231 (28); S. Pieter, Lagoen, 22.IV.1930
(29—30); Scherpenheuvel, 11.1940 (38—39, Realino don.); Brakke Put
Ariba, 11.1940 (40-48, Realino don.).

Toertiekie pega-pega, totekkie pegapega, pega-pega.

Characters (together with 8 additional specimens from Curasao). Large-
tubercles on back well developed, distinctly keeled, escutcheon-shaped, sharp,
central ones in well defined longitudinal rows, slightly and gradually smaller
towards sides; region between eye and ear with irregularly placed, strongly
developed, sharp large-tubercles; supraocular tubercles slightly or distincdy
enlarged, the largest exceeding those of frontal region; 2 postmentals, usually

-ocr page 92-

broadly in contact; upper postnasals as a rule separated by 3 tubercles, the
middle-one equalling the others or smaller, sometimes with two small tubercles
in centre; (16—) 18—20(—22) longitudinal dorsal rows of large-tubercles
between anterior border of forelimb and level of vent; (18—) 20—24 (—26)
longitudinal ventral rows of scales; (38—)40—44(—46) transversal ventral
rows of scales, between anterior border of forelimb and vent; 11 — 13 transverse
lamellae beneath fourth toe, about 10—11 beneath fourth finger.

Curagao, Bonaire, Klein Bonaire; Puerto-Rico?.

Phyllodactylus julieni Cope, 1885

Cope, 1885, p. 180; Ruthven, 1923, p. 3 (sub pulcher) [p.p.: Aruba];
Burt et Burt, 1933, p. 9 (sub
spatulaius) [p.p.: Aruba]; Parker, 1935,
p. 482. —
Phyllodactylus spatulatus, Ruthven, 1926, p. 2. Phyllodactylus
pulcher,
Cochran, 1934 [p.p.: Aruba].

ARUBA, Fontein, 2.VII.1930 (Phyllodactylus 31); Rooi Spoki, St. 255
(Phyllod. 32); S. Canashito, St. 266 (33); S. Jamanota, St. 270 (34—35);
Baca Morto, Oranjestad, 16.XII.1936 (36); Tibusji, St. 273 (37). -
Tab. XIII.

Totekki pegapega, pega-pega.

Characters. Large-tubercles on back well developed, distinctly keeled,
escutcheon-shaped, rather sharp, central-ones in rather well defined longitudinal
rows, distinctly smaller towards sides; region between eye and ear with rather
regularly placed, rather well developed, rather sharp large-tubercles; suprao-
cular tubercles slightly or rather distinctly enlarged, the largest exceeding those
of frontal region; usually 3 postmentals, sometimes 2, which are narrowly in
contact; upper postnasals commonly separated by 3 tubercles, the middle-one
nearly equalling the others or smaller, very often separated by 4 tubercles, with
two small tubercles in centre; about 24—26 longitudinal dorsal rows of large-
tubercles; about 34—42 transversal dorsal rows of large-tubercles, between
anterior border of forelimb and level of vent; 22—26 longitudinal ventral rows
of scales; about 38—44 transversal ventral rows of scales, between anterior
border of forelimb and vent; about 12—13 transverse lamellae beneath fourth
toe, 11—12 beneath fourth finger.

Aruba.

Phyllodactylus mulleri H. W. Parker, 1935

Parker, 1935, p. 483.

ARAYA, Isla de Caribes, St. 128 (Phyllodactylus 1). MARGARITA,
Punta Mosquito, St. 152 (Phyllod. 2—4); Porlamar, 7
.VI.1936 (5); Porla-
mar, 12.VII.1936 (6); Porlamar, 4.VIII.1936 (7); Morro Moreno, Porlamar,
8.VII.1936 (8—9).

Salamanqueja.

Characters. Large-tubercles on back well developed, distinctly keeled,
escutcheon-shaped, sharp, central-ones in well defined longitudinal rows, slightly
and gradually smaller towards sides; region between eye and ear v.'ith rather
irregularly placed, well developed, sharp large-tubercles; supraocular tubercles
subequal, the largest smaller than those of frontal region; 2 postmentals, broadly
in contact; upper postnasals separated by 2 or 3 tubercles, the middle-one

-ocr page 93-

smaller and situated anteriorly; 16—18 longitudinal dorsal rows of large-tuber-
cles; 24—30 transversal dorsal rows of large-tubercles, between anterior border
of forelimb and level of vent; 20—24 longitudinal ventral rows of scales; 40—46
transversal ventral rows of scales, between anterior border of forelimb and
vent; 13—14 transverse lamellae beneath fourth toe, about 10 beneath fourth
finger.

Northern Venezuela, Patos Island near Trinidad; Isla de Caribes near Coche!,
Margarita!.

Phyllodactylus rutteni sp. nov.

H o 1 o t y p e: Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden, collector's nr.
Phyllodactylus 11. Type-locahty: Isla Blanquilla (Venezuela), Valuchu. Des-
cription: Rather juvenile female?, with broad transverse bands of white and
brown; tip of snout to vent 31 mm, regenerating tail 24 mm, 3 postmentals, upper
postnasals separated by 3 tubercles, about 28 longitudinal dorsal rows of large-
tubercles, about 42 transverse rows of largc-tubercles between anterior border
of forehmb and level of vent, about 26 longitudinal ventral rows of scales, about
46 transversal rows of scales between anterior border of forelimb and vent, 12
transverse lamellae beneath fourth toe, 10 beneath fourth finger.

Paratypes: Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden, coll. nr. Phyl-
lod. 12, topotypical, and Phyllod. 10. Zoölogisch Museum, Amsterdam, coll. nr.
Phyllod. 13, topotypical, and Phyllod. 14. — Named in honour of Prof. Dr.
L. M. R. Rutten, geologist, Utrecht.

Diagnosis (compared with P. martini, P. julieni and P. mülleri). Large-
tubercles on back weakly developed, indistinctly keeled, round, blunt, central-
ones in ill defined longitudinal rows, rapidly smaller and becoming indistingui-
shable towards sides; region between eye and ear with scattered, weakly devel-
oped, flat large-tubercles; supraocular tubercles very slightly enlarged, the
largest usually exceeding those of frontal region; 3 or 2 postmentals; upper
postnasals separated by 3 tubercles, the middle-one equalhng the others or
smaller and situated anteriorly; about 26—30 longitudinal dorsal rows of large-
tubercles; about 36—46 transversal dorsal rows of large-tubercles, between an-
terior border of forelimb and level of vent; about 24—30 longitudinal ventral
rows of scales; about 44—50 transversal ventral rows of scales, between an-
terior border of forehmb and vent; about 12.—^13 transverse lamellae beneath
fourth toe, about 11 beneath fourth finger.

HERMANOS, Morro Pando, St. 170 (Phyllodactylus 10). BLAN-
QUILLA, Valuchu, St. 171, 21.VIL 1936 (Phyllod. 11); El Jaque, 22.VIL
1936 (12-13). TORTUGA, St. 173? (observed). ROQUES, Gran Roque,
St. 176 (14).

Salamanqueja.

Los Hermanos!, Blanquilla!, Los Roques!.

Thecadactylus rapicaudus (Houttuyn, 1782)

Martin, 1888 L p. 141; Ruthven, 1923, p. 3; Werner, 1925, p. 535.

TESTIGOS, Isla de Conejo, St. 165 (Thecadactylus 1—2). BONAIRE,
teste Martin, Ruthven, Werner. CURAÇAO, S. Teintje, St. 231

-ocr page 94-

(Thecad. 3-4); Curagao, s.d. (5). ARUBA, Santa Cruz, 23.XII.1936 (6);
Oranjestad, 21.XII.1936 (7-9); Oranjestad, VI.1936 (10). TRINIDAD,
Tetron Bay, St. 295 (11).
Salamanqueja (Test.); pega-pega (Cur., Ar.).
Tropical South America, Central America, West-Indies, Trinidad; Los Testi-
gos!, Bonaire, Curagao, Aruba.

IGUANIDAE
Anoiis lineatus Daudin, 1802

Ruthven, 1923, p. 7; Barbour, 1930, p. 131.

CURAgAO, Seinpost, St. 204 (Anoiis 147—148); Tafelberg, St. 205
Anol. 149); Tafelberg, St. 206 (150); Newport, St. 207 (151); Newport,
St. 208 (152); Scherpenheuvel, 12.IX,1936 (153—159); Emmastad, X.1930
(160); Piscadera, 1 O.III. 1937 (161); Evertszberg, St. 214 (162—164);
S. Spreit. St. 215 (165); Hato, St. 217 (166—173); S. Cabajé, St. 225a
(174); Dokterstuin, 27.X.1936 (175); S. di Cueba. St. 227 (176—177);
S. di Cueba, St. 228 (178—179); Zevenbergen, 23.IV.1930 (180—181);
Hofje Savonet, 27.IV.1930 (182-183); Boca Grandi, 30.IV.1930 (184);
Westpunt, St. 238 (185—187); Plaja Abau, St. 241 (188); St. Kruis,
21.IV.1930 (189—191); Curagao, s.d. (192—194); Scherpenheuvel, 11.1940
226—227, fr. Realino don.). ARUBA, Fontein, 5.VII.1930 (195—197); Rooi
Lamoenchi, St. 257 (198—204); S. Canashito, St. 266 (205); Hooiberg,
20.VI.1930 (206—211); Pos di Noord, 26.VI.1930 (212—215); Westpunt,
St. 274 (216); Solito, St. 275 (217—219); Bubali, 22.XII.1936 (220);
Heintje Croes, 18.VI.1930 (221—222); Oranjestad, 17.VI.1930 (223—224);
Oranjestad, 5.VII.1930 (225). — Tab. XIV.
Waltaka, kako, ragadiesjie die paloe.
Ciu-agao, Aruba.

Anoiis bonairensis bonaicensis Ruthven, 1923

Anoiis bonairensis Ruthven, 1923, p. 4; Werner, 1925. p. 536.
Anoiis leachii, Hartert, 1902, p. 294 [prob.]. Anoiis alligator. Meek, 1910,
p. 416 [prob.].

AVES [prob.], teste Meek. BONAIRE, Dos Pos, 24.V.1930 (Anoiis
29—30); Rincon, 25.V.1930 (Anol. 31—59); Fontein, 21.IX.1930 (60—61);
Spelonk, 23.XI.1930 (62); Bolivia, 2.IV.1937 ( 63—75); Kralendijk,
25.IX.1930 (76-101); Kralendijk. 28.IX.1930 (102-137); Kralendijk,
20.XI.1930 (138—140); Kralendijk, 28.III.1937 (141). KLEIN BONAIRE,
17.X.1930 (142); Klein Bonaire, St. 199 (143—145); Klein Bonaire, St.
199a (146).
Ragadiesjie die paloe, kako.

Characters (compared with A bonairensis blanquillanus). As a rule
with black crossbars, rarely vermiculated with black; design generally distinct
on head and whole back; adult males about 60—70 (—75) mm, females 50—55
(—60) mm from tip of snout to vent; distance from snout-tip to anterior border
of ear
1,25 length of tibia; occipital scale usually in contact with one or two

-ocr page 95-

pairs of the scales of the supraorbital semicircles; scales of supraorbital semi-
circles often separated, conunonly one pair, very often two pairs in contact;
(22—)23—25—26(—27) lamellae under phalanges II and III of fourth finger.

Bonaire, Klein Bonaire, Las Aves?.

Anolis bonairensis blanquillanus subsp. nov.

H o 1 o t y p e: Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden, collector's nr.
Anohs 15. Type-locality: Isla Blanquilla (Venezuela), El Jaque. Description:
Adult male; tip of snout to vent 81 mm, id. to ear 21 mm, tibia 18J^ mm, hindleg
56 mm, foreleg 35 mm, tail 133 mm regenerating; 23 lamellae under phalanges II
and III of fourth finger, 27 imder those of fourth toe; occipital scale in contact
with 3 scales of the supraorbital semicircles, two pairs of scales of the supra-
orbital semicircles in contact; greyish, on headtop and sides of neck with distinct
black vermiculations, gular appendage rather large, in life yellow with whitish
speckles (in females much smaller and whitish), tail-tip abnormal white in
colour.

Paratypes: Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden, coll. nr. Anolis
7, 16—17. Zoölogisch Museum, Amsterdam, coll. nr. Anolis 8—10. Zoölogisch
Museum, Utrecht, coll. nr. Anolis 1—3, 6, 28.

Diagnosis (compared with A bonairensis bonairensis). Usually ver-
miculated with black, sometimes with black crossbars; design generally distinct
on head and anterior part of back only; adult males about 80—85 mm, females
60—65 mm from tip of snout to vent; distance from snout-tip to anterior border
of ear
1.15 length of tibia; occipital scale in contact with, as a rule, two pairs
of the scales of the supraorbital semicircles; scales of supraorbital semicircles
never separated, usually two pairs in contact; (22—)23—23.5—25(—26)
lamellae under phalanges II and III of fourth finger.

LOS HERMANOS, Morro Fondeadero, St. 169 (Anolis 1—6). BLAN-
QUILLA, Playa Valuchu, 21
.Vn.l936 (Anol. 7); Plantió del Jaque, St. 172,
22.VIL1936 (8-28).

Los Hermanos!, Blanquilla!.

Anolis chrysolcpis Duméril et Bibron, 1837

Hartert, 1902, p. 294.

CURAÇAO, teste Hartert.

Referring possibly to an introduced specimen.

Venezuela, Trinidad, Guyana, Brasil; Curaçao?.

Iguana iguana iguana (Linné, 1758)

Boulenger, 1885 II, p. 189 (sub taberculata)-, Meek, 1910 (sub taber-
culata);
Dunn, 1934, p. 1.

GOAJIRA, Rio Hacha, 19.1.1937 (Iguana 1-3). PARAGUANA,
Carirubana, 16.IL1937 (Ig. 4). CARÜPANO, Puerto Santo, St. 125 (5).
ARAYA, Isla de Caribes, St. 128 (6—9). MARGARITA, Guatamare, near
El Valle, 26.V.1936 (10-12, 29-34); Porlamar, 31.V.1936 (13, 16-25,

-ocr page 96-

TABLE 8.

■E

Variation in Anolis bonairensis bonairensis (ordinary numbers)
and
Anolis bonairensis blanquillanus (in thick type)

tibia, in mm

o
a

8

8V2

9

9V2

10

IOV2

11

11V2

12

I2V2

13

13V2

14

HVj

15

15V',

16

I6V2

17

17V2

18

I8V2

19

19%

20

totals

11

1

1

1 1

iiH

1

1

12

1

1

2

12H

3

1

4

13

2

2

13^

1

3

2

6

14

1

6

5

1

12 1

2

5

1

1

8 1

15

1

4

9

12

I

15 3

15H

1

2

1

1

1

1

5 2

16

3

1

3 1

1634

1

2

2

5

17

1

4

4

1

21

3

12 4

17H

1

6

2

2

I

1

9 4

18

1

5

7

1

14

18^

1

3

2

2

8

19

1

3

41

1

8 2

1

1

20

1

1

2034

1

1

21

1

1

2

1

1 4

2134

1

2

3

22

1

1

1

1

1

1
1

3

5

4

11

15

12
1

2
3

6

7
2

13
2

9

13
3

7

7
2

1
i

1

1

1

5

1

2

118
28

-ocr page 97-

28, 35—36); Porlamar, 27.V.1936 (14—15, 37—39); Porlamar, 19.V.1936
(26—27); Laguna Dulce, Macanao, 20.V.1936 (40). TESTIGOS, Morro
de la Iguana, St. 157 (41—42); Tamarindo, St. 162 (52); Isla de Conejo,
St. 164 (observed). FRAILES, Puerto Real, St. 167 (observed); LaPecha,
St. 168 (43). HERMANOS, Morro Pando, St. 170 (44—46); Morro Fon-
deadero, St. 169 (observed;? 47—50). BLANQUILLA, Valuchu, St 171
(51). TORTUGA, St. 173 (observed). ORCHILA, Huespen, St. 175
(observed). ROQUES, Gran Roque (observed). AVES, teste Meek.
BONAIRE, Lima, 24.VIII.1930 (53—54); Lima, 29
.Vni.l930 (55); Rooi
Lamoenchi, 15.X.1930 (56); Rincón, IO.V.1930 (57); Slagbaai, 3.XI.1930
(58); Slagbaai, ll.XI.1930 (59). KLEIN BONAIRE, St. 199 (observed).
CURAÇAO, St. Kruis, 25.IV.1930 (61—62); S. Cabajé, Porto Marie.
19.IV.1930 (60, 63-67). ARUBA (observed).

Iguana (adult), camaleón (juvenile) (Venez., Colomb.); joewana (Cur.,
Ar.. Bon.), tjoetjoe (juvenile) (Bon.).

The adult specimens of the Frailes Islands are in general noticeably obscured
by a dull brownish grey; those of Blanquilla often vary, but might even be
blackish. The adults of the Hermanos Islands, however, are largely smoky-
black, only the broad bands on the tail being indistincüy visible.

Central and northern South America, Central America. West Indies; Marga-
rita. Los Testigos!, Los Frailes!, Los Hermanos. Blanquilla. Tortuga!, Orchila,
Exgt;s Roques!, Las Aves, Bonaire, Curaçao, Aruba.

Tropidodactylus onca (O'Shaughnessy, 1875)

Boulenger, 1885 IL p. 97; Ruth ven. 1922. p. 59; Cochran. 1934,
p. 40.

GOAJIRA, Cabo de la Vela. St. 290 (Tropidodactylus 1-2); Ran-
cherïa de la Vela. St. 289 (Tropidod. 3); El Cardon, St. 291 (4). PARA-
GUANA. Las Piedras. 24.11.1937 (5—7); Carirubana, 20.n.l93r (8—9);
Carirubana, 24
.n.l937 (10—11); Santa Ana, St. 284 (12); Barunù. Buena
Vista, 18.IL1937 (13). MARGARITA, La Asuncion, St. 147 (14—15); Los
Robles, St. 154 (16—18); Los Robles. ll
.Vm.1936 (19); Morro de Moreno,
S.VI.1936 (20); Porlamar. 27.V.1936 (21—34).

Ocório (Goaj.); aguacero (Parag.); camaleón (Marg.).

Adpressed hind-limb reaching from posterior border of tympanum to anterior
border of orbit, may sometimes be shorter or longer; (8—)9—10(—12) labials
to below of eye-centre. — The scales of the occipital region in the Margarita
specimens are in general noticeably smaller than in those of the continent; in
addition several specimens of this island show no traces of rhomboidal spots on
the back, but are darkly punctuated or vermiculated.

Northern South American; Margarita.

Tropidurus torquatus hispidus (Spix, 1825)

Meek, 1910, p. 416 (sub hispidus) ; B u r t et B u r t, 1933, p. 48; C o c h r a n,
1934, p. 40.

CAROPANO, Puerto Santo, St. 125 (Tropidurus 1); Esmerarda. St. 123
(Tropidur. 2). ARAYA. Isla de Caribes, St. 128 (3); Morro de Chacopata.

-ocr page 98-

St. 127 (observed). COCHE, St. 129 (observed). MARGARITA, Boca del
Pozo, Macanao, 20.V.1936 (4—8); Laguna Dulce, Macanao, 20.V.1936
(9—15); Puerto Manzanillo, 11.V.I936 (16); Porlamar, 27.V.1936
(17-19); Porlamar, 29.V.1936 (20-48). TESTIGOS, Tamarindo, St. 162
(49—51); Tamarindo, St. 163 (52); Isla de Conejo, St. 164 (53—55).
FRAILES, Puerto Real, St. 167 (observed); La Pecha, St. 168 (obser\ed).
AVES, teste Meek.

Guaripete.

M e e k's record of this species from the Aves Islands is remarkable.

Northern South America, Margarita, Coche!, Los Testigos!, Los Frailes!,
Las Aves.

TEIIDAE
Ameiva bifrontata bifrontata Cope, 1862

Cope, 1862, p. 67 (sub bifr.); Ruthven, 1922, p. 61 (sub bi[r.);
Ruthven, 1923, p. 7 (sub bifr.); Barbour et Noble, 1915, p. 469;
Ruthven, 1924, p. 6. —
Cnemidophoras divisus Fischer, 1879, p. 99
(non viso).
Ameiva divisus, Ruthven, 1913, p. 1. Ameiva bifrontata divisus,
Ruthven, 1922, p. 60. Ameiva bifrontata divisa. Ruthven, 1924, p. 6.
Ameiva insulana Ruthven, 1924, p. 1. Ameiva bifrontata insulana. Ruth-
ven, 1924, p. 6.
Cnemidophorus arubensis, de Rooy, 1922, p. 252 [p.p.:
female Aruba].

GOAJIRA, Puerto Lopez, St. 285 (Ameiva 1); Cabo de la Vela, St. 289
(Am. 2); Rio Hacha, 18.1.1937 (3-128). PARAGUANA, Carirubana,
19.11.1937 (129-179); Santa Ana, 16.11.1937 (180). CARÜPANO, Puerto
Santo, St. 125 (181 — 187). ARAYA, Isla de Caribes, St. 128 (observed).
CUBAGUA, St. 130 (188). MARGARITA, Boca del Pozo, Macanao,
20.V.1936 (189-192); Laguna Dulce, Macanao, 20.V.1936 (193-194);
Puerto Manzanillo, ll.V.1936 (195—205); Punta Ballena, Pampatar, 9.V.
1936 (206-214); Los Robles, St. 154 (215); Guatamare, 28.V.1936
(216-219); Porlamar, 19.V.1936 (220-223); Porlamar, 28.V.1936 (224-
248); Poriamar, 30.V.1936 (249-250); Porlamar, 5.VIII.1936 (251-257).
TESTIGOS, Morro de la Iguana, St. 157 (258-315); Tamarindo, St. 161-
163 (316-326); Isla de Conejo, St. 164-165 (327-333). FRAILES,
Puerto Real. St. 166-167 (334-335); La Pecha, St. 168 (observed).
ARUBA, Hofje Bubali, 22.XII.1936 (336); Oranjestad, 23.XII.1936 (337).

Mato (Venez.); bizure (Parag.); mato, lobo (Goaj.).

The specimens of the Testigos Islands, described by Ruthven as Ameiva
insulana,
might be separable as some lower taxonomie unit from the more
typical specimens, principally on the pronounced discontinuity of the brachials
and antebrachials. This is the only character in which the specimens of Los
Frailes differ from the average-specimen of Puerto Manzanillo, Margarita. —
The variation of
Ameiva bifrontata suggests a rather doubtful value of the
distinguishing characters of the subspecies
divisa Fischer. — The specimens
of Aruba are typical in scalation; the black spots being absent or practically
absent as in some specimens of Paraguana.

Northern Venezuela, Colombia, northern Perii; Margarita!, Cubagua!, Los
Testigos, Los Frailes!, Aruba.

-ocr page 99-

Ameiva ameiva (Linné, 1758)

Werner, 1900, p. 266 (sub surinamensis); Meek, 1910, p. 417 (sub
surinamensis).

AVES, teste Meek. CURAÇAO, teste Werner.
Both records might possibly be due to an inexact indication of locality or to
introduced specimens.

Central, northern and northeastern South America.

Cnemidophorus lemniscatus lenmiscatus (Linné, 1758).

Werner, 1900, p. 266 (sub lemn.) [prob. excl. Curaçao]; Burt, 1931,
p. 30; Cochran, 1934, p. 44.

GOAJIRA, Puerto Lopez, St. 285 (Cnemidophorus 1—2); Cabo de la
Vela St. 289 (Cnemid. 3-6); Rio Hacha, 19.1.1937 (7-55). PARA-
GUANA, Carirubana, 17.11.1937 (56—60); Carirubana, 15.11.1937 (61);
Carirubana, 20.11.1937 (62- 73); Carirubana, 19.11.1937 ( 74-112) LA
GUAIRA, 19.VIII.1936 (113-115); Cabo Blanco, St. 121 (116). CARQ-
PANO, Puerto Santo, St. 125 (117-119); Puerto Santo, St. 126 (120)
ARAYA, Chacopata, St. 127 (121); Isla de Caribes, St. 128 (122-128).
COCHE, St. 129 (observed). CUBAGUA, St. 130 (129). MARGARITA,
Boca del Pozo, Macanao, 20.V.1936 (130-135); San Juan Bautista.
11.VIII.1936 (136); Puerto Manzanillo, 11.V.1936 (137-149); Punta Ball-
ena, Pampatar, 9.V.1936 (150); Cerrito, St. 138 (151); Porlamar, 19.V.
1936 (152-157); Porlamar, 28.V.1936 (158-176); Porlamar, 5.VIII1936
(177); Playa Brava, Porlamar, 4.VI.1936 (178). TESTIGOS, Morro de la
Iguana, St. 157-158 (179-180); Angoletta, St. 160 (181-182); Tama-
rindo, St. 162-163 (183-191). FRAILES, Puerto Real, St. 166-167
(192-195); La Pecha, St. 168 (observed).
Lagartija (Venez.); bizure (Parag.); lagartija, lobo, culu (Goaj.).
Werner cites Curaçao; this probably refers to an introduced specimen or
inexact labelling.

Central America, Colombia, Venezuela, Guyana, northern Brasil, Trinidad,
Tobago; Margarita, Cubagua!. Coche!, Los Testigos!, Los Frailes!.

Cnemidophorus lemniscatus nigricolor (Peters, 1873)

Meek, 1910, p. 417 (sub nigr.) [p.p.: excl. Aruba et prob. Margarita];
Burt, 1931, p. 40; Eisentraut, 1933, p. 228; Cochran, 1934. p. 44.
HERMANOS, Morro Fondeadero, St. 169 (observed); Morro Pando,
St. 170 (observed). BLANQUILLA, Playa Valuchu, 21.VII. 1936 (Cnemi-
dophorus 196-203); Puerto del Jaque, 22.VII.1936 (Cnemid. 204-207);
El Jaque, St. 172 (208-215). TORTUGA, St. 173 (216-221). ORCHILA.
Huespen, St. 174-175 (222-232). ROQUES, Gran Roque, St. 176 (233-
239); Isla Larga, St. 177 (240); Cayo de Agua, St. 178 (observed). AVES.
Ave de Barlovento, St. 179—179A (241—271).
Lagartija.

According to Burt nigricolor intergrades with typical lemniscatus on
Margarita Island, an observation which could not be confirmed.
Los Hermanos!, Blanquilla, Tortuga!, Orchila, Los Roques, Las Aves.

-ocr page 100-

TABLE 9.
Variation in Ameiva bifrontata

Locality

Goajira

Paraguana

Puerto Santo

Margarita

Testigos

Specimens
(Ameiva)

128
(1—128)

52

(129 180)

7

(181—187)

69

(189 257)

76

(258—333)

Brachials discontinuous
with antebrachials

very
rarely

very
rarely

rather
often

often

nearly
always

Postbrachials small and
roimded

rarely

often

rather
often

very
often

generally

Posterior supraoculars
not entirely surrounded
with granules

very
often

often

rarely

often

often

hind-leg reaching to
anterior border of ear
or further

often

often

often

very
often

generally

TABLE 10.
Variation in Cnemidophorus

Locality

Continent

Margarita,

Testigos,

Frailes

Blanquilla,

Orchila,

Tortuga,

Roques,

Aves

Bonaire,

Klein

Bonaire

Curasao,

Klein

Curasao

Aruba

Specimens
(Cnemid.)

128
(1-128)

66

(130—195)

76

(196—271)

51

(272—322)

30

(323—352)

28

(353—380)

Longitudinal
rows of ven-
tral plates

as a rule 8,
rarely 10

as a rule 8,
rarely 10

commonly 8,
very often 10

usually 12,
sometimes
10, often ten-
ding to 14

usually 10,
rather
often 12

usually 8,
rather
often 10

Femoral pores

18—23—27

21—23—27

24—28—31

36—39—43

26—29 33

28—31—35

Brachialswith
antebrachials

usually
continuous

generally
continuous

generally
narrowly
continuous

always
widely dis-
continuous

as a rule
widely dis-
continuous

generally
narrowly
discon-
tinuous

Postbrachials
enlarged

generally
somewhat

generally
somewhat

generally
slightly

never

very rarely
slightly

generally
slightly

Species

lemniscafus

temniscatus

lemniscaitxs
nigricolor

murinus
ruihveni

murinus
murinus

lemniscafus
arubensis

-ocr page 101-

Cnemidophorus Icmniscatus arubensis (van Lidth de Jeude, 1887) comb. nov.

van Lidth de Jeude, 1887, p. 132 (sub avab.); de Rooy, 1922,
p. 252 (sub
atub.) [p.p.: excl. female]; Werner, 1925, p. 537 (sub avub.)
[p.p.: excl. Curaçao]; Burt, 1931, p. 51 (sub marinus arab.); Cochran,
1934,
p. 43 (sub marinus arub.). ■— Cnemidophorus lemniscatus, Martin,
1888 I, p. 141.
Cnemidophorus nigricolor. Meek, 1910, p. 417 [p.p.: Aruba].

ARUBA, Quadirikiri, St. 250 (Cnemidophorus 353); Fontein, St. 252A
(Cnemid. 354); Boca Grandi, St. 253 (355); Culebra, St. 254 (356—357);
Rooi Lamoenchi, St. 257 (358); Daimari, 3.V11.1930 (360—361); Santa
Ana, 26.V1.1930 (362); Punta Braboe, 22.VI.1930 (363-367); Oranjestad,
17.V1.1930 (368-371); Oranjestad, 21.XII.1936 (372); Oranjestad, 23.XIL
1936 (373-377); Aruba s.d. (378); Boekoeti, St. 278 (379-380). -
Tab. Xlll.

Blausana, ragadiesjie.

Aruba.

Cnemidophorus murinus murinus (Laurenti, 1768)

Werner, 1900, p. 266 (sub mur.); Meek, 1910, p. 417 [p.p.: Curaçao];
de Rooy, 1922, p. 252 [p.p.: Curaçao]; Burt, 1931, p. 46; Cochran,
1934, p. 44 [p.p.: Curaçao]; Burt, 1935, p. 1.

KLEIN CURAÇAO, St. 200A (Cnemidophorus 323). CURAÇAO,
S. di Boca, St. 202 (Cnemid. 324); Scherpenheuvel, IO.IX.1936 (325-
343); Emmastad, ll.IV.1930 (344); Emmastad, 15.V.1930 (345); Bloemhof,
17.X.1936 (346); Schaarloo, St. 212 (347); Paradijs, 23.IX.1936 ( 348-
349); Piscadera, XII.1936 (350); Dokterstuin, 27.X.1936 (351-352).

Blausana, ragadiesjie.

Some records may be taken to indicate that C. murinus occurs in Venezuela,
Trinidad and Guyana (cf. Werner, de Rooy; Burt, 1931); they
probably refer to introduced specimens or are caused by inexact labelling.

Curaçao, Klein Curaçao.

Cnemidophorus murinus ruthveni Burt, 1935

Hartert, 1902, p. 294 (sub mur.); Meek, 1910, p. 417 (sub mur.) [p.p.:
Bonaire]; Werner, 1925, p. 537 [p.p.: Bonaire]; Cochran, 1934, p. 44
(sub
mur. murinus) [p.p.: Bonaire]; Burt, 1935, p. 14.

BONAIRE, Dos Pos, 3I.V.1930 (Cnemidophorus 272); Dos Pos, 6.VL
1930 (Cnemid 273-282); Dos Pos, 3.VI.1930 (283-286); Fontein,
21.IX.1930 (287); Boven Bolivia, 31.111.1937 (288-292); Boven Bolivia,
2.IV.1937 (293-307); Kralendijk, 23.V.1930 (308-312); Kralendijk,
25.VIII.1930 (313-314); Kralendijk, 5.IX.1930 (315-316); Kralendijk,
27.IX.1930 (317); Kralendijk, 20.X.1930 (318-319). KLEIN BONAIRE,
IO.IX.1930 (320); Klein Bonaire, 17.X.1930 (321); Klein Bonaire, St.
199a (322).
Ragadiesjie, blausana.

Bonaire, Klein Bonaire.

-ocr page 102-

Gymnophthalaius Uneafns (Linné, 1758)

And er s son, 1900, p. 16; Werner, 1925, p. 538 (sub quadrilineatus) ;
Burt et Burt, 1930, p. 34.

BONAIRE, Dos Pos, 24.V.1930 (Gymnophthalmus 2); Fontein, St. 193
(Gymnophth. 3-4); Spelonk, 23.XI.1930 (5-7). CURACAO, Tafelberg,
St. 206 (8); Scherpenheuvel, IO.IX.1936 (9); S. Cabajé, St. 225a (10); S. di
Cueba, St. 227 (11); Scherpenheuvel, 11.1940 (13-14, fr. Realino don.).

Colebra die mispel, colebra meesteri.

Characters (together with 30 additional specimens from Curaçao). 15
longitudinal scale-rows across abdomen; (34—)36—37(—39) transversal scale-
rows between occiput and vent; nasal entire, rather often with a faint indication
of a lower suture, rarely with a lower suture; (5—) 6 femoral pores on each side,
in males; 2 yellowish-white longitudinal bands on each side.

Brasil, prob. northeastern South America; Bonaire, Curaçao.

Gymnophthalmus laevicaudus (Cope, 1870)

Ruthven, 1922, p. 64 (sub samichrasti) ; Burt et Burt, 1930, p. 33.

AVES, Ave de Barlovento, St. 179 (Gymnophthalmus 1). ARUBA, St.
Nicolaas, VII.1937 (Gymnophth. 12).

Madre de culebra (Aves); colebra die mispel (Ar.).

Characters. 13 longitudinal scale-rows across abdomen; 33—35 transver-
sal scale-rows between occiput and vent; nasal entire, with a faint indication
of a lower suture, or not entire; about 6 femoral pores on each side; 1 yellowish-
white longitudinal band on each side anteriorly. — On the continent possibly
not clearly separated from G.
lineatus (cf. Ruthven).

Central Chile to southern Mexico, Venezuela; Aruba!, Las Aves!.

Tretioscincus bifasdatus (Duméril, 1851)

Cope, 1885, p. 181; Ruthven, 1922, p. 63; Ruthven, 1923, p. 9.

MARGARITA, La Asuncion, St. 148 (Tretioscincus 1). HERMANOS,
Morro Pando, St. 170 (observed). ARUBA, teste Cope et Ruthven,
1923.

Madre de culebra (Marg.).

Northeastern Colombia and northwestern Venezuela; Aruba, Los Hermanos!,
Margarita!.

GASTROPODA

ARCHAEOGASTROPODA
HELICINIDAE
Alcadia dysoni (Pfeiffer, 1859)

Baker, 1923, p. 14; Richards, 1938, p. 174.

GUANTA, Stat. 122. CARÜPANO, St. 123. MARGARITA, 135, 138,
139,
139A, 140, 141, 144. 145, 146, 154A, 155. TESTIGOS, 157, 158, 162.

Venezuela, Trinidad, Bay Islands of Honduras; Los Testigos!, Margarita!.

-ocr page 103-

Lucidella lirata (Pfeiffer, 1847)

Baker, 1923, p. 22.

GUANTA. Stat. 122. MARGARITA, St. 138, 140, 143, 144 150
BONAIRE, Riscado near Goto, 1930. CURAgAO, 234, 235. Bak Rincón
near Hato, 1936.

Venezuela, Central America, West Indies; Margarita!, Bonaire!, Curagao!.
Stoastomops walkeri Baker, 1924

Baker, 1924. p. 33.

BONAIRE, Stat. 184, 190; Klein Bonaire, teste Baker.
Bonaire, Klein Bonaire.

MESOGASTROPODA

CYCLOPHORIDAE

Poteria translucida (Sowerby, 1843)
Baker, 1923, p. 31.

MARGARITA, Stat. 141, 143, 144.
Venezuela, Colombia, Trinidad; Margarita!.

LITTORINIDAE
Tcctarius muricatus (Linné, 1758)

CURAgAO, Stat. 74A. — Very common on the rocky shores of
Curagao, Aruba and Bonaire, often occurring at a considerable distance
from the water-line, as far as the salt-water spray reaches, rarely with
Cerion and Tudora; in this case a living specimen was found in a small
fresh-water pool, about 700 m from the sea.

POMATIASIDAE

Cistulops ravcni (Crosse, 1872)

Baker, 1924, p. 37. — C. raveni arabana Baker, 1924, p 40

CURAgAO, Stat. 201, 212, 213, 213A, 225, 227, 232. 242. 243A, 244.
ARUBA, St. 248A, 249. 250. 253. 255. 257. 260, 263.
The specimens do not justify a subdivision of the species.
Curagao, Aruba.

Tudora Gray, 1850

In the present paper the genus Tudora is considered to include only the
species listed below and
T. plicatula (Pfeiff.) from Venezuela, fide H. B.
Baker, 1924. The shell has a simplex peristome without breathing devices,
the operculum is channelled at the perimeter, the calcareous part consists of
vertical growth-lamellae which coalesce at their distal edges. Curagao, Aruba,
Bonaire and mainland of North Venezuela.

-ocr page 104-

Key to the Subgenera and Species,
based on the shell and the operculum.

la Last part of whorls solute; operculum subcircular, more or less

convex, nucleus not markedly eccentric .............................................

.................. Bonairea fl. B. Baker, 1924 (type: T. maculata)

Altitude of shell 21^—2^ minor-diameter,nbsp;4 whorls retained,

apical-angle generally 15—25°; operculum about 4 whorls, calcareous-
plate somewhat larger than chondroic base; no tendency to accentuate
spiral-ridges in umbilical-region;

umbilicus narrow or rather narrow; margin of peristome somewhat
thickened, not reflected; larger growth-riblets often crested at
summit; outer-margin of opercular whorls usually not corroded;

average males somewhat smaller than females ........................

..................................... Tudora maculata H. B. Baker, 1924

lb Last part of whorls adnate; operculum subovate, more or less

concave, nucleus markedly eccentric ............ Tudora s.s................... 2

2a Altitude of shell 2—IJ/^ minor-diameter,nbsp;whorls

retained, apical-angle generally 30—60°; operculum 43/^—4 whorls,
more or less concave, with parietal angle rounded or somewhat
angular, nucleus rather markedly eccentric, calcareous-plate somewhat
smaller than chondroic base; tendency to accentuate spiral-ridges in
umbilical-region; (sect.
Tudora s.s.)

umbilicus narrow or rather wide; margin of peristome usually thin
and strongly reflected in columellar region; growth-riblets not
thickened or crested at summit; outer margin of opercular whorls
not corroded; average males smaller than females, measurements

of sexes intergrading ............................................................

........................ Tudora megacheilos (Potiez et Michaud, 1838)

2b Altitude of shell 2J4—2 minor-diameter, 6^-6 whorls retained,
apical-angle generally 25—35°; operculum 3^-3 whorls, more or less
concave with parietal margin reclined, with parietal angle angular,
nucleus very markedly eccentric, calcareous-plate much smaller than
chondroic base; marked tendency to accentuate spiral-ridges in umbilical-
region; (sect.
Tudorata H. B. Baker, 1924; type T. muskusi Baker) 3
3a umbilicus narrow; margin of peristome usually thick, very
short in columellar region; growth-riblets with distinct tendency
to form sutural buttresses at summit; outer surface of operculum
rather distinctly concave with parietal margin markedly reclined,
outer margin of whorls usually slightly corroded; average males
distinctly smaller than females, measurements of sexes slightly

intergrading ........................... Tudora aurantia (Wood, 1828)

3b umbilicus very narrow, often closed; margin of peristome
usually thin, short and strongly reflected in columellar region;
growth-riblets or costae with no or indistinct tendency to form
sutural buttresses at summit; outer surface of operculum slightly
or very shgthly concave with parietal margin somewhat reclined,
outer margin of whorls usually strongly corroded; average males
distinctly smaller than females, measurements of sexes generally
not intergrading .....................
Tudora rapis H. B. Baker, 1924

-ocr page 105-

Tudora megachcilos megacheilos (Potiez et Michaud, 1838)

Cyclostoma megacheilos Potiez et Michaud, 1838, p. 237, tab. 24

fig. 9-10 ed. 1836.
Cyclostoma simile Sowerby', 1843, p. 103, tab. 24 fig. 48—49.
Cyclostoma megacheilum. Pfeiffer, 1846, p. 33.
Cyclostoma megachilum. Pfeiffer, 1848, p. 66.
Tudora similis (Sow.) Gray, 1850, p. 48.

Tudora megachila (Pot. et Mich.) Pfeiffer, 1852 (Consp.), p. 38 „Var.:

C. cancellatum Menke. Curasao.quot;
Cyclostoma roridum. C. proteus, C. cancellatum. Pfeiffer, 1852 (Monogr.),

p. 244 [nomina nuda, in syn.]
Cistula megacheila (Pot. et Mich.) Adams et Adams, 1856, p. 294.
Cyclostoma megachila. Reeve, 1860, p. 198.
Tudora megacheila. Bland, 1861, p. 28.
Tudora megachilos. Martens, 1873, p. 219.
Tudora megacheilos, Kobelt, 1880, p. 286.

Tudora megacheilos megacheilos. Baker, 1924, p. 55 ..., fig. 27, tab. 13 fig. A.
Tudora megacheilos spreitensis Baker, 1924, p. 58 ..., fig. 35, tab. 13 fig. C.
Tudora megacheilos rondeklipensis Baker, 1924, p. 60..., fig. 36, tab. 13
fig. D.

Tudora megacheilos kabrietensis Baker, 1924, p. 61 ..., tab. 13 fig. E.

Tudora megacheilos f. desculpta Baker, 1924, p. 56 ..., fig. 34, tab. 13 fig. B.

Cistula megachila, Fischer, 1885, p. 748.

Cyclostoma megachile, Martin, 1888 (2), p. 97.

Chondropoma megacheila (Pot. et Mich.) D a 11, 1905, p. 209.

Tudora megacheilus, Gratacap, 1907, p. 117.

Tudora megachile, van der Horst, 1924, p. 2.

Tudora [ossor Baker, 1924 (Naut.), p. 94.

Tudora {ossor {ossor. Baker, 1924, p. 63 .... fig. 37, tab. 13 fig. G.
Tudora {ossor djerimensis Baker, 1924, p. 65 ..., tab. 12 fig. I.
Tudora [ossor westpuntensis Baker, 1924, p. 66 ..., tab. 13 fig. H.
Tudora {ossor arubana Baker, 1924, p. 68 .... fig. 38, tab. 13 fig. K.
Tudora fossor canashitensis Baker, 1924, p. 69 ..tab. 13 fig. I.
Tudora megacheile, van Benthem Jutting, 1925, p. 30.

CURAÇAO, St. 201, 201A, 202, 203, 204A, 205, 207, 210, 211, 212,
213.
213A, 214, 215, 217, 220, 221. 222. 223. 224. 225. 226. 227. 228.
229.
229A, 230. 231. 232. 233. 236. 237, 239, 240, 240A, 241. 242. 242A.
243, 243A, 244. 245A.
ARUBA, St. 246. 247A. 248, 249. 250. 253, 253A,
254,
254A. 255. 256. 257. 258. 259. 260. 260A. 260B, 261. 262. 262A. 263.
264.
265, 265A, 266. 267. 268. 270. 271. 272. 272A. 275. 276.
Cocolishi cabritu, kokoliesjie kabritoe (Cur.).

Characters. Altitude of shell, excluding apical-whorls, about 2 times
minor-diameter; apical-angle of retained whorls generally 30—45°.

Curagao, Aruba. — Subfossil or fossil specimes of quaternary age have been
found in cave-deposits and loose soil.

-ocr page 106-

Tudora megacheilos pilsbryi H. B. Baker, 1924 comb. nov.

[?] Cyclostoma megacheilus Sowerby', 1843, tab. 31 fig. 276.
[?] Cyclostoma sowerbyi Pfeiffer, 1847, p. 56 [other name for C. megach.
Sow.]

Tudora pilsbryi Baker, 1924 (Naut), p. 94. [see also: Baker, 1924,
p. 62 ..., 113 ... fig. 39, 44, tab. 13 fig. F]
CURACAO, St.
206, 207.

Characters. Altitude of shell, excluding apical-whorls, about IJ^ times
minor-diameter; apical-angle of retained whorls generally 50—65°.

Curagao, confined to the Tafelberg St. Barbara. — A fossil specimen of
quaternary age has been found in a pocket of phosphate at Hato.

If we compare specimens from the type-localities of B a k e r's subspecies of
Tudora megacheilos and Tudora fossor, and his species of Tudora pilsbryi
we find, it is true, several more or less noticeable differences, in which the
populations of these localities often may be distinguished from those of other
regions; — in other localities however, the different forms are quite intergrading
and the various characteristics occur in such varying combinations, that a
division of
Tudora megacheilos in lower systematical categories becomes a
rather endless occupation. Only Baker's
Tudora pilsbryi appeared striking
enough to justify a separate denomination.

Key to the Subspecies of Tudora r u p i s

la Axial-sculpture consists of growth-riblets which are quite regular in
size and place, they are small, low and rounded, about as broad as their
interspaces, generally 9—6 per mm; spiral-ridges usually narrower than
their interspaces, broader than the growth-riblets (— from East Curagao —)

...................................................... Tudora rupis rupis H. B. Baker

lb Axial-sculpture consists of growth-costae which are quite irregular
in size and place, they are small or large, low and rounded or high and
rather angular, broader or narrower than their interspaces, generally 6—1
per mm; spiral-ridges broader or narrower than their interspaces, broader
or narrower than the growth-costae (— from Middle and West Cura-
sao —) ....................................................................................... 2

2a Axial-sculpture dominating the spiral-sculpture (— from West

Curagao —) .............................. Tudora rupis muskusi H. B. Baker

2b Axial-sculpture nor spiral-sculpture dominating (— from Middle

Curagao and the northern part of West Curagao —) ...........................

............................................. Tudora rupis grandiensis H. B. Baker

2c Spiral-sculpture dominating the axial-sculpture (— from Middle
Curagao —) .................................
Tudora rupis hatoensis subsp. nov.

Tudora rupis rupis H. B. Baker, 1924
Tudora rupis Baker, 1924 (Naut.), p. 93.

Tudora rupis rupis. Baker, 1924, p. 49 ..fig. 29, tab. 12 fig. E.
Tudora rupis newportensis Baker, 1924, p. 50 ..., fig. 30, tab. 12 fig. D.
CURAQAO, St.
206. 207. - Tab. XV.

Curagao, confined to the Tafelberg St. Barbara and surroundings.

-ocr page 107-

Tudora tupis muskusi H. B. Baker, 1924 comb. nov.

[ ? ] Cydostoma costatam Pfeiffer, 1846, p. 47. [see also: Pfeiffer, 1848,

p. 64, tab. 9 fig. 9-10 ed. 1847]
[?] Tudora costata (Pfeiff.) Pfeiffer, 1852 (Monogr.), p. 244.
[?] Cistula costata (Pfeiff.) Adams et Adams, 1856, p. 294.
Tudora costata, Vernhout, 1914, p. 180.
Tudora muskusi Baker, 1924 (Naut.), p. 93.

Tudora muskusi muskusi. Baker, 1924, p. 51 ..., fig. 31, 41, 43, tab. 12 fig. C.
Tudora rupis Baker, van Benthem Jutting, 1925, p. 30 [identical with
T. musk, bullenensis Baker]
CURAgAO, St.
227, 228, 242. 242A. 243. - Tab. XV.
Curagao, confined to the western part.

Tudora rupis grandiensis H. B. Baker, 1924 comb. nov.

Tudora muskusi grandiensis Baker, 1924, p. 53 ..., fig. 32, tab. 12 fig. F.
Tudora muskusi bullenensis Baker, 1924, p. 54 ..., fig. 33, tab. 12 fig. G.
CURAgAO, St. 224. 225. 226, 229. 237. - Tab. XV.
Curagao, confined to the central and northwestern part.

Tudora rupis hatoensis subsp. nov.

Holotype; Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden (empty shell).
Type-locality: Island of Curagao, Hato (collector's Station 217). Description:
Adult female with 5% retained whorls, altitudenbsp;mm, minimum-diameter

714 mm, maximum-diameter 834 mm. width penultimate whorl 5^4 mm, altitude
of peristome 634 mm; pale reddish yellow, aperture internally orange; tab. XV.

Paratypes: Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden, coll. St. 217,
topotypical. Zoölogisch Museum, Amsterdam, coll. St. 223.

Diagnosis. Axial-sculpture consists of growth-costae which are quite
irregular in size and place, generally 6—2 per mm; spiral-sculpture dominating
the axial-sculpture; 8—6,6—534 retained whorls, altitude 1734—('^534 females)
14,5(12]/2 males) —1134 mm, minimum-diameter 734--6,5—5 mm.

CURAgAO, St. 217, before the cave of Hato, 17.IX,1936; St. 223,
Hermanus, 9.XI. 1936 (somewhat resembhng T.
rupis grandiensis). —
Tab. XV.
Curagao, confined to the central part!.

The animals of this species group themselves into large colonies within an
apparent homogeneous territory. If the centres of the different forms should be
isolated, e.g. by inundation of the interlying regions, then most malacologists
would without hesitation distinguish at least five species:
rupis. hatoensis, gran-
diensis, bullenensis
and muskusi. — each species being confined to a single island
or to several neighbouring islands of the archipelago. The present state of
affairs, however, shows a clear intergrading between the different forms; with
exception of
T. rupis rupis. owing to the isolation of its area. — The subspecies
muskusi, grandiensis, hatoensis and probably also rupis may be put on a par
with geographical races in the sense of R e n s c h a.o.; together they form a
quot;Rassenkreisquot; as given by that author.

-ocr page 108-

TABLE n.

The occurrence of spinöse shells in Potamopyrgus parvulus in the
low limestone-region of southern Bonaire and Klein Bonaire.

«3

a

W
§

a

Q

o
u

.H

S,
g -

CO

g quot;ra U
.S

Sog

1 S

i -
g amp;

w .s

~ JS
t,

Ö -s
11

Pos Jatoe Largoe . . .

shady, nearly no direct sunlight .

300— 600

200

H

Pos Guajakâ, Lima . .

shady, little direct sunlight . . .

400— 600

40

0

Pos Guajakâ Chikitoe

shady, little direct sunlight . . .

? 400— 600?

20

0

Pos Guajakâ, Kl. Bon. .

dusky, nearly no direct sunlight .

? 300— 700

40

0

Pos Lansberg (St. 60) .

plenty direct sunlight.....

300— 700

80

0

Pos Francés (St. 58) . .

shady, with direct sunlight . . .

400— 700?

1000

10

Pos Gabriel.....

shady, with direct sunlight . . .

400— 700?

60

20

Pos Antonica ....

dusky, no direct sunlight ....

' 400— 800

20

70

Tanki Kinkoe ....

plenty direct sunlight.....

7 400— 900?

20

0

Pos di Cas, Lima . . .

shady, with direct sunlight . . .

? 400— 900

60

10

Pos di Cas, Kl. Bon.

(St. 61)

shady, no direct sunlight ....

400—1000

300

70

Pos Ichi (St. 52) . . .

plenty direct sunlight.....

150—1500

600

M

Pos Baca (St. 53) . . .

direct sunlight.......

200—1500

200

0

Pos Baca Grandi . . .

plenty direct sunlight.....

7 300—1600

20

0

Pos Baca Chikitoe

(St. 54)

shady, with direct sunlight . . .

300—1600

200

0

Pos Oranjepan (St. 59) .

shady, little direct sunlight . . .

? 800—1600

40

0

Pos Oranjepan ....

shady, little direct sunlight . . .

? 800—1600

20

0

Pos Calbas, Lima (St. 55)

shady or dusky, no direct sunlight

800—1000

20

20

Pos Blauwduif ....

dusky, no direct simlight ....

'1500—3000

100

10

Pos di Booi.....

shady, no direct sunlight ....

'2000—4000

10

100

Pos Caranja (St. 57). .

shady, little direct sunlight . . .

2000—4000

250

100

Pos Caranja Grandi . .

dusky, no direct sunlight ....

2000—5000

10

100

Pos di Salinja Martinus .

shady, with direct sunlight . . .

? 600—8000?

200

5

Pos Shiki......

plenty of direct sunlight ....

? 600—8000?

100

0

Pos di Hoop ....

plenty of direct sunlight ....

'1000-8000?

150

0

-ocr page 109-

Hybrids of species, judged from shell-characters, have only been observed
between
Tudora megacheilos megacheilos and Tudora rupis muskusi. In 1922
H. B. Baker (1924, p. 54, tab. 12 fig. H) found a single shell
{quot;Tud. fossor
djerimensis
X Tud. muskusiquot;) on the Seroe Djerimi and one on the Seroe di
Boca, St. Martha, and in 1936 three specimens were collected near the Seroe
Djerimi (St. 242, 242A) and four near the St. Kruis Baai (St. 243).

Tudora aurantia (Wood, 1828)

Turbo aurantius Wood, 1828 (Suppl.), p. 19, tab. 6 fig. 23.
Cyclostoma aurantium (Wood) Wood, 1828 (Refer.), p. 36.
Cyclostoma aurantiacum Sowerbyi, 1843, p. 103, tab. 24 fig. 46—47.
Cyclostoma versicolor Pfeiffer, 1846, p. 33 [substituted for C. aurantiacum

on account oi Annularia aurantiaca Schumacher, 1817].
Cyclostoma carneum Pfeiffer, 1848, p. 65, tab. 9 fig. 11 — 12.
Cistula versicolor (Pfeiff.) Gray, 1850, p. 58.
Tudora versicolor (Pfeiff.) Pfeiffer, 1852 (Consp.), p. 38.
Tudora versicolor var. carneum Pfeiff., Pfeiffer, 1852 (Consp.), p. 39.
Tudora aurantiaca (Wood) Smith, 1898, p. 113, 116.
Tudora aurantia, S c h e p m a n, 1915, p. 480.

Tudora aurantia aurantia (Wood), Baker, 1924, p. 45 ..., tab. 12 fig. A.
Tudora aurantia wassauensis Baker, 1924, p. 48 ..., fig. 28, tab. 12 fig. B.
Cyclostoma megachile. Pijpers, 1933, p. 45.

BONAIRE, St. 181, 184 184A, 185A, 186. 187, 190, 195. 196. 197;
Klein Bonaire, 199, 199A. - Tab. XVI.

Bonaire, Klein Bonaire. — Subfossil or fossil specimens of quaternary age have
been found in pockets of phosphate and limestone beds.

Tudora maculata H. B. Baker, 1924

Tudora maculata Baker, 1924 (Naut.), p. 92. [see also: Baker, 1924,
p. 42 ..., fig. 22-24, 40]
BONAIRE, St. 184,
187, 190, 190A, 191. 194; Klein Bonaire, 199. -
Tab. XVI.
Bonaire, Klein Bonaire.

HYDROBIIDAE
Potamopyrgus parvulus (Guilding, 1828)
Baker, 1924, p. 70; Baker, 1930, p. 31; Hummelinck, 1933, p. 319.
HIGUEROTE, St. ROQUES,
41. 42. BONAIRE, 44. 45. 46, 47. 48.
49, 52, 53. 54. 55. 57. 58. 59. 60;
Klein Bonaire, 61. CURAgAO, 71. 71 A.
72. 72A. 76. 76A. 76B. 80. 83. 89.
ARUBA, 92. 93. 94. 95. 96. 101. 102.
102A. 103. 104. 104A. 1048.
Weakly or distinctiy spinose shells frequently occur in the limestone-region
of southern Bonaire and Klein Bonaire; they are also to be found in El Gran
Roque and, more rarely, in Curagao.
Venezuela, West Indies; Los Roques!, Bonaire, Curasao, Aruba.

-ocr page 110-

BASOMMATOPHORA
PHYSIDAE
Physa cubensis Pfeiffer, 1839
Jutting, 1925, p. 28; Baker, 1930, p. 42.

CURAÇAO, St. 72A. 216.
Venezuela, West Indies; Curaçao.

PLANORBIDAE
Planorbis circumlineatus Shuttleworth, 1854
Baker, 1924, p. 71 (sub
pallidas); Jutting, 1925, p. 28; Hummelinck,
1933, p. 320.

MARGARITA, St. 10, 13, 18, 20, 23. BONAIRE, 45, 46, 50, 52, 53,
57, 58. CURAÇAO, 66, 67, 70, 71A, 71, 75, 78, 81, 82, 83, 89. PARA-
GUANÂ,
105, 106, 107, 108. 109. GOAJIRA, 114.
West Indies, Trinidad, Paraguanâ!, N.E. Colombia!; Margarita!, Bonaire,
Curaçao.

STYLOMMATOPHORA

VAGINULIDAE
Vaginulus linguaeformis Semper, 1885

Hoffmann, 1925, p. 250 (sub Sarasinala).

MARGARITA, St. 150. 155. (H. B. Baker det.)
Argentina, Brasil, Guyana, Bolivia, Ecuador; Margarita!.

Vaginulus spec.

CURAÇAO, Tanki Wishi near Willemstad, 1937. (fr. Realino don.)

SUCCINEIDAE
Succinea barbadensis Guilding, 1828
Jutting, 1925. p. 27.

CURAÇAO, St. 213A, 227A? 235, 242, 244. (van Benthem Jutting det.)
Lesser Antilles; Curaçao.

Succinea gyrata Gibbons, 1879
Jutting, 1925, p. 27.

BONAIRE. St. 191, 198, 199; Klein Bonaire, s.n. CURAÇAO, St. 213A.
215,
216. (van Benthem Jutting det.)
Curaçao, Bonaire.

Succinea tamsiana Pfeiffer, 1850

Baker, 1925, p. 3.

MARGARITA, St. 139. (H. B. Baker det.)
Venezuela; Maragarita!.

-ocr page 111-

Succinea spec.

CARÜPANO, St. 123, 124, 125. MARGARITA, 136, 140. TESTIGOS.
158, 159,
160. HERMANOS, 169, 170. BLANQUILA, 171. PARAGUANA,
279, 282, 283.

The material apparently belongs to different species which are often very
similar to the species of this genus cited before.

VERTIGINIDAE
Gastrocopta barbadensis (Pfeiffer, 1853)

Pilsbry, 1916, p. 83. — G. barbadensis hojeda Pi 1 sbry, 1924, p. 65.

MARGARITA, St. 136, 150. ORCHILA, 175. CURASAO, 216, 217.
PARAGUANA, 282, 283. GOAJIRA, 288, 292, 293, 294.

Judging from literature, Gastrocopta barbadensis must be considered identical
with G.
servilis (Gould, 1843); both names probably being in synonymy with
G.
rupicola (Say, 1821). The var. hojeda Pilsbry of G. barbadensis could not
be maintained.

West Indies, Trinidad, Paraguana!, La Goajira!; Margarita!, Orchila!,
Curagao.

Gastrocopta curacoana Pilsbry, 1924

Crosse, 1873, p. 42 (sub Papa longurio); Pilsbry, 1924, p. 62.

BONAIRE, St. 184, 185A, 187. 190A, 194; Klein Bonaire, 199. CURA-
ÇAO, 201,
206. 208, 210, 212, 213, 213A. 215. 217. 218, 227. 236, 242.
243A. ARUBA, 246, 249. 250, 253. 255. 257, 263. 275, 276.

Curagao, Bonaire, Aruba.

Gastrocopta gcminidens (Pilsbry, 1917)

Pilsbry. 1917, p. 228.

MARGARITA, St. 145.

Venezuela; Margarita!.

Gastrocopta iheringi (Suter. 1900)

S u t e r. 1900, p. 336; Pilsbry, 1916, p. 101.

CARÜPANO, St. 123, 124. 125. MARGARITA, 131, 132, 136, 138, 139.
140. 144.
TESTIGOS, 157. 158. 162. FRAILES, 168. PARAGUANA, 279.
GOAJIRA, 292,
293. 294.

Previously reported from Brasil only. This species proved to be very variable
in form and size of teeth; the specimens from Rio Hacha (St. 292—294) were
especially noticeable for their strong development of the parietal and columellar-
lamellae and a curious arrangement and often increasing number of the palatal
and basal-plicae. This species might be identical with one or more species of the
subgenus
Immersidens; probably also in synonymy with G. uvalifera (Guppy,
1868).

Brasil, Venezuela!, N.E. Colombia!; Margarita!, Los Testigos!, Los Frailes!.

-ocr page 112-

Gastrocopta octonaria Pilsbry, 1924

P i 1 s b r y, 1924, p. 64.

HERMANOS, St. 169. 170. BLANQUILLA, 171. 172, 172A, 172B.
ORCHILA,
174. BONAIRE, 184, 187, 191. 194. CURAÇAO, 202A, 204,
206, 210, 213, 213A, 228,
234. 235. 236, 242. 243A. ARUBA, 246. 249, 250,
253. 255, 260, 263, 268, 268B. 276, 278. GOAJIRA, 293.
La Goajira!; Aruba, Curaçao, Bonaire, Orchila!, Blanquilla!, Los Hermanos!.

Pupoides marginatus (Say, 1821)

Pilsbry, 1924, p. 61 (sub P. marginatus nitidulus); Baker, 1935, p. 200
(sub
P. m. nit.).

GUANTA, St. 122. CARÜPANO, 125. MARGARITA, 132. BLAN-
QUILLA,
171. TORTUGA, 173. ORCHILA, 175. BONAIRE, 185, 191.
198;
Klein Bonaire, teste Baker. CURAÇAO, 213A. 217. 225, 227.
ARUBA, 255. 256. 263. 276. 277. PARAGUANA, 279. 283. GOAJIRA,

292,nbsp;293, 294.

West Indies, Venezuela, N.E. Colombia!; Margarita!, Blanquilla!, Tortuga!,
Orchila!, Bonaire, Curaçao, Aruba.

Bothriopupa tenuidens (C. B. Adams, 1845)

Pilsbry, 1917, p. 229.

MARGARITA, St. 145, 146.
Greater Antilles, Venezuela; Margarita!.

FERUSSACIIDAE
Caecilioides consobrina (Orbigny, 1845)

Pilsbry, 1908, p. 39; Baker, 1925, p. 3.

MARGARITA, St. 136, 139, 140, 144. BONAIRE, Goto, Sahnja Tam.
CURAÇAO,
210. 213, 235. 236. ARUBA, 263. 268B. GOAJIRA, 292,

293.nbsp;294.

Several specimens closely resemble C. iota (C. B. Adams) from Jamaica.
West Indies, Venezuela, N.E. Colombia!; Margarita!, Bonaire!, Curaçao!,
Aruba!.

CaecÜioidcs gundlachi (Pfeiffer, 1850)

Pilsbry, 1908, p. 43.

CURAÇAO, St. 216.
West Indies, Guyana; Curaçao!.

SUBULINIDAE
Lamellaxis gracilis (Hutton, 1834)
Pilsbry, 1906, p. 198 (sub Opeas gracile); Jutting, 1925, p. 27 (sub
Opeas gracile); Baker, 1927, p. 7 (sub Opeas gracile).

MARGARITA, St. 155, BONAIRE, Fontein. CURAÇAO, 216. Porto
Marie, St. Kruis. ARUBA, Fontein. GOAJIRA, Rio Hacha.
South America, Central America, West Indies; Margarita!, Bonaire!, Curaçao,
Aruba!.

-ocr page 113-

Lamellaxis micra (Orbigny, 1835)

Pilsbry, 1906, p. 193 (sub Opeas); Baker, 1924, p. 108 (sub Opeas)-,
Baker, 1927, p. 10 (sub Opeas).

LA GUAIRA, St. 121. MARGARITA, 136, 139, 140, 155. TESTIGOS,
158, 163B, 165. CURAÇAO, 216,
245. ARUBA, Fontein. PARAGUANÂ,
279. GOAJIRA, 294.
South America, Central America, Florida, West Indies; Margarita!, Los Testi-
gos!, Curaçao, Aruba!.

Synopeas beckianum (Pfeiffer, 1846)

Pilsbry, 1906, p. 189 (sub Opeas); Baker, 1927, p. 7 (sub Opeas).
GUANTA, St. 122. CARÛPANO, 123, 124, 125. 126. MARGARITA,
133, 134, 135,
136. 137, 138, 139, 140. 141, 141A. TESTIGOS, 159, 162.
BLANQUILLA, 171. PARAGUANÂ, 282. GOAJIRA, 292, 293. 294.
Venezuela, Colombia, Central America, Mexico, West Indies; Margarita!, Los
Testigos!, Blanquilla!.

Subulina octona (Bruguière, 1792)

Pilsbry, 1906, p. 222; Baker, 1927, p. 2.

GUANTA, St. 122. CARÛPANO, 123, 124, 125. 126. MARGARITA,
136, 138, 139,
140. 141, 141A, 145. 146. 147. 148. 150. 155. TESTIGOS,
162. 163A.

Tropical America, Asia and Africa; Margarita!, Los Testigos!.

Subulina striatella (Rang, 1831)

Rang, 1831, p. 38 (sub Helix); Pilsbry, 1906, p. 75.

MARGARITA, St. 143. 144. 149.
The specimens perfectly agree with the description and figures of S. striatella
from Middle West Africa; they are probably closely related or, possibly, iden-
tical with
Subulina parana Pilsbry, 1906, p. 225, which has been described
from young specimens from Brasil.
Tropical Africa; Margarita!.

Neosubulina gloynii (Gibbons, 1879)

Baker, 1924, p. 88. — N. harterti Smith, 1898, p. 115; Baker, 1924,
p. 86. —
N. scopulorum Baker, 1924, p. 89.

BONAIRE, St. 190, 190A, 191. 193. 194. CURAÇAO, 201, 205. 206. 207.
208.
210, 212, 213, 213A, 214, 216, 217. 218. 219. 225. 227, 232, 234. 235.
236, 238. 242.
243A. ARUBA, 246. 255. 260. 263, 267. 268.
N. harterti
must be considered identical with N. gloynii; also N. scopulorum,
from Aruba, is probably not specifically separable.
Bonaire, Curaçao, Aruba.

Leptinaria lamellata (Potiez et Michaux, 1838)

Pilsbry, 1907, p. 288; Baker, 1927, p. 22.

MARGARITA, St. 144.
Tropical South America, West Indies; Margarita!.

-ocr page 114-

Luntia insignis E. A. Smith, 1898

Smith, 1898 (J. Conch.), p. 28; Pilsbry, 1906, p. 218.

ARUBA, Fontein.
Trinidad; Aruba!.

OLEACINIDAE
Spiraxis blandi (Crosse, 1873)
Crosse, 1874, p. 66
(suh Ravenia); Try on, 1885, p. 52; Pilsbry, 1907,
p. 19; Baker, 1939, p. 11.

ROQUES, teste Crosse.
Described after a single specimen which was collected by H. Raven; ana-
tomy unknown. A curious record; this locality looks like a most unsuitable habi-
tat for
Spiraxis. A strong similarity to Pseudosubulina decussata H. B. Baker
from the state of Tachira should be noted.
Los Roques.

SAGDIDAE
Thysanophora crinita (Fulton, 1917)
Fulton, 1917, p. 240 (sub
Trichodiscina); Baker, 1924, p. 78. — T. cri-
nita arubana
Baker, 1924, p. 77.

CURAgAO, St. 235, 236. ARUBA, 257, 263, 268. PARAGUANA, 279.
GOAJIRA, 293,
294.
The material does not show any reason to justify a subspecies arubensis.
Paraguana!, La Goajira; Curasao, Aruba.

Thysanophora plagioptycha (Shuttleworth, 1845)

Baker, 1916, p. 13.

MARGARITA, St. 144. (H. B. Baker det.)
Tropical America; Margarita!.

Thysanophora vanaftai H. B. Baker, 1924
Baker, 1924, p. 79; Baker, 1926, p. 15.

ARUBA, St. 255.
Aruba.

ZONITIDAE
Guppya gundlachi (Pfeiffer, 1840)

Baker, 1925, p. 7.

MARGARITA, St. 140, 143. 144. 145, 146. (H. B. Baker det.)
Tropical America; Margarita!.

Guppya molengraaffi Baker, 1924

Baker, 1924, p. 76.

CURAgAO, St. 234, 235. (H. B. Baker det.)
Curasao.

Habroconus ernsti (Jousseaume, 1889)
Baker, 1925, p. 9 (sub
Euconulus).

MARGARITA, St. 146. (H. B. Baker det.)
Venezuela; Margarita!.

-ocr page 115-

Scolodonfa starkci H. B. Baker, 1925
Baker, 1925, p. 26.

MARGARITA, St. 140, 146. (H. B. Baker det.)
Venezuela; Maragarita!.

BULIMULIDAE
Bulimulus cacticolus (Reeve, 1849)

Pilsbry, 1897, p. 60; Pilsbry, 1901, p. 144.

MARGARITA, St. 137, 138, 139, 152, 154A. GOAJIRA, 288. 290, 294
(H. B. Baker det.)
Venezuela, N.E. Colombia; Maragarita!.

Bulimulus constricfus Pfeiffer, 1841
Pilsbry, 1897, p. 80.

MARGARITA, St. 140, 141. (H. B. Baker et H. G. Richards det.)
Venezuela; Margarita!.

Bulimulus dysont Pfeiffer, 1846

Pilsbry, 1897, p. 56; Pilsbry, 1901, p. 144.

MARGARITA, Los Vagras, VIII, 1939, H. G. Richards coll. et det.
Venezuela, Central America, Yucatan; Margarita!.

Drymaeus meridanus (Pfeiffer, 1846)
Pilsbry, 1898, p. 303.

MARGARITA, St. 140, 141. (H. B. Baker et H. G. Richards det.)
Venezuela; Margarita!.

Drymaeus multilineatus (Say, 1825)
Pilsbry, 1899, p. 27; B a k e r, 1924, p. 108.

CARÜPANO, St. 124. MARGARITA, 138, 139. 140, 141, 143, 154A,
155. TESTIGOS, 162. CURASAO, teste Baker. GOAJIRA,
288, 294.
Florida and Yucatan to Colombia and Venezulea; Margarita!, Los Testigos!,
Curagao.

Drymaeus virgulatus (Férussac, 1821)

Pilsbry, 1899, p. 24 (sub elongaias)-. Baker, 1924, p. 80.

ARAYA, Manglillo. CARÜPANO, St. 124. MARGARITA, 138, 139,
139A, 140, 141. TESTIGOS, 162. BLANQUILLA, 171. BONAIRE, 184A
190A, 197,
s.n. CURACAO, 206. 207. 212, 217, 220. 221. 225. 227, 228. 229.
230, 231.
234, 238. 239, 240A. 242. 243, 243A. 245A. ARUBA, 263. 267.
GOAJIRA, 287. ST. MARTIN, 299.

West Indies, N. Venezuela, N.E. Colombia!; Margarita!, Los Testigos!, Blan-
quilla!. Bonaire, Curagao, Aruba.

-ocr page 116-

Oxystyla maracaibcnsis (Pfeiffer, 1856)

Pilsbry, 1899, p. 137; Pilsbry, 1901, p. 164; Baker, 1924, p. 85 (sub
O. mar.
imitator).

ARAYA, Manglillo, MARGARITA, St. 134, 136, 137, 138, 139, 139A.
140. ARUBA (subfoss.) 250, 252B, W. shore. PARAGUANA, 279. S.
FALCÓN, s.n. GOAJIRA, 290,
294.
Venezuela, Colombia; Margarita, Aruba.

Liguus virgincus (Linné, 1767)
Vernhout, 1914, p. 179.

CURAGAO, quot;Dr. Eppquot; coll., cf. Vernhout. The single specimen on
which this record is based, might be recently introduced, if not wrongly
labelled.

Northern America, Greater Antilles; Curasao?.

Auris distortus (Bruguière, 1789)

Baker, 1926, p. 32.

GUANTA, St. 122. MARGARITA, 139, 140, 141, 143.
Brasil, Venezuela, Colombia, Trinidad; Margarita!.

Tomigerus cumingi Pfeiffer, 1849
Pilsbry, 1901, p. 109; Baker, 1926, p. 46.

MARGARITA, St. 140, 141, 143. 145. 146.
Brasil, Venezuela; Margarita!.

CERIONIDAE
Cerion Röding, 1798
The more striking peculiarities of
Cerion. besides the more or less pupiform,
compact and calcareous shell, are: the low entrance of the epiphallus into the
penis, the eccessive long and free vas deferens, the diverticulum of the sper-
mathecal duct, the rather long, oblong kidney, with very extensive lumen. Flo-
rida, Bahamas, Cuba, Cayman Islands, Hispaniola, Puerto-Rico, Virgin Islands -J-,
St. Croix f, Bonaire, Guragao, Aruba.

Key to the Subgenera,
based on the shell.

la Vv^horls strongly compressed in the direction of the axis, separating
septa nearly horizontal;

axial and parietal lamella or teeth present;

parietal-tooth in the angle between columella and parietal wall,
entire, rarely penetrating over half of a whorl; axial-lamella long,
ascending for several whorls (— recent and of quaternary age;

Bonaire, Klein Bonaire, Curagao, Aruba —) ...........................

.................................... Cerion s.s. (one species)

lb Whorls more or less compressed in the direction of the axis, separ-
ating septa usually dipping for about 30° .......................................... 2

-ocr page 117-

2a axial and parietal lamella or teeth lacking of upper tertiary

age; Florida —) ..................... Eosirophia Dall, 1890 (one species)

2b axial and parietal lamella or teeth present, rarely one lacking ... 3

3a parietal-tooth near middle of parietal wall, entire, rarely
penetrating over one third of a whorl; axial-lamella short or long,
ascending the columella for one to several whorls (— recent and
of quaternary age; Florida, Bahamas, Cuba, Cayman Islands, His-

paniola, Puerto-Rico, Virgin Islands f, St. Croix f —) ...............

.................. Sfrophiops Dall, 1894 (many species)

3b parietal-tooth near middle of parietal wall, entire or divided,
often penetrating over half of a whorl, often with a small accessory
tooth within at the columellar side; axial-lamella rather long,
sometimes ascending the columella for several whorls (—- recent;
Inagua, Cuba —) .........
Diacecion Dall, 1894 (several species)

Cerion uva (Linné, 1758)
Cochlea alba, ventricosa, bidens, strijs eminentibus exa.sperata Lister, 1688,
tab. 588 fig. 47.

Olivaris striata amp; fasciata Americana P e t i v e r, 1709, tab. 27 fig. 2 (Cat. p. 4).
Turbo integer, fimbriatus, cylindroidaeus, per longitudinem striatus, ... G u a 1-

tieri, 1742, tab. 58 fig. D.
Oxy-strombus. Asper. Clathratus. Albus, ... Klein, 1753, p. 33.
Apiarum [p.p.] Seba, 1758, p. 153, tab. 55 no. 21 fig. interm.
Turbo uva Linné, 1758, p. 765.

Turbo testa cancellata ovata obtusa ... Gronow, 1781, p. 328.

Bulimus mumia Bruguière, 1792, p. 348 [cf. Bruguière, 1789, Encycl.

Méth. Vers 1, p. 291].
Cerion vulgare R ö d i n g, 1798, p. 90 [p.p., non Lister],
Cerion uva (Linné) R ö d i n g, 1798, p. 90.

Cerion uva desculptum Pilsbry et V a n a 11 a, 1896, p. 328, tab. 11, fig. 1.

Cetion uva var. desculptum. Baker, 1923, p. 7.

Cerion uva uva. Baker, 1924, p. 98 ..., tab. 18.

Cerion uva uva f. diablensis Baker, 1924, p. 100, tab. 18 A2.

Cerion uva uva f. hatoensis Baker, 1924, p. 100, tab. 18 F6.

Cerion uva knipensis Baker, 1924, p. 102 .. ., tab. 19.

Cerion uva knipensis f. djerimensis Baker, 1924, p. 103, tab. 19 Al.

Cerion uva arubanum Baker, 1924, p. 104 ..., tab. 20.

Cerion uva bonairensis Baker, 1924, p. 105 .. ., tab. 21.

Cerion uva bonairensis f. kralendijki Baker, 1924, p. 106, tab. 21 A2.

Cerion uva diablensis. Baker, 1925, p. 42.

Cerion uva hatoensis. Baker, 1925, p. 42.

Pupa uva (Linné) Lamarck, 1801, p. 88.

Helix uva (Linné) Férussac, 1821, p. 62.

Cochlodon uva (Linné) Sowerby', 1825, p. 40.

Clausilia uva (Linné) Anton, 1839, p. 47.

Helix pentodon M e n k e, 1846, p. 128 [Cerion spec, juv., C. uval].
Strophia uva
(Linné) Alb er s, 1850, p. 203.

Pitys pentodon (Menke) Adams et Adams, 1855, p. 114 [C. uval].
Scalaria curassavica
Simons, 1868, p. 150 [nomen nudum].

-ocr page 118-

BONAIRE, St. 181, 184. 184A, 186, 187, 195, 196, 197; Klein Bonaire.
199, 199A. CURAÇAO. 201, 201A, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 210, 211,
212, 213, 214, 215, 217, 220, 221, 222, 223. 224. 225, 226, 227, 228. 229
230. 231. 232. 233. 234. 235. 237. 238. 239. 240. 240A. 241, 242, 242A.
243. 244. 245A.
ARUBA, 253A. 256, 258. 258A. 259. 260B. 261. 262.
262A, 264. 265. ~
Tab. XVI.

Cocolishi di carné, kokoliesjie die kalakoena (Cur.)

Cerion uva docs not show such morphological differences, which justify a sub-
division of the species in subspecies.

A few specimens of Cerion uva were found together with a number of recent
freshwater-organisms, several marine shells which were clearly imported for food
or ornamentation, and other prehistoric remains of people inhabiting the shore
of the Lago de Valencia (Berry, 1934, p. 392). The evidence is inadequate
to prove if this species really lived in this region, or that it was imported by
human agency from the Dutch islands, some 400 km north-northwest.

Bonaire. Klein Bonaire. Curaçao, Aruba. — Subfossil or fossil specimens of
quaternary age have been found in loose soil, limestone beds, cave-deposits and
pockets of phosphate. — In Aruba limited to the limestone region between
Savaneta and Baca Morto, irregularly distributed; dead specimens occur at the
Boca Grandi; subfossil or fossil specimens are common to the southern and
eastern limestone portion of the island, from Oranjestad as far as the Cerro
Colorado and Fontein. H. B. Baker found during his visit in 1922, the living
cerions on Aruba restricted to one colony at the Baranca Alto and to another
just North of Perkietenbosch. In 1936 however, living
Cerion occurred in a much
larger area, which was centred in some degree round these two localities, although
the Baranco Alto itself did not yield a single shell. This may be an indication
that recently the cerion-population of Aruba is again increasing and spreading
over a larger area.

UROCOPTIDAE
Brachypodella hanleyana (Pfeiffer, 1847)

Pilsbry, 1903, p. 73.

MARGARITA. St. 138, 139. 140.

Venezuela, Colombia; Margarita!.

Brachypodella leucopleura (Menke, 1847)

Pilsbry. 1903, p. 74; Baker. 1927, p. 27.

MARGARITA. St. 138. 139, 140.

In some localities B. leucopleura and B. hanleyana give the impression of well-
defined species; in other populations, however, the species can not be distinguished
with certainty.

Venezuela; Margarita!.

Brachypodella raveni (Crosse, 1872)

Baker, 1924, p. 90; Jutting. 1925. p. 26. — B. raveni sanctaebarbarae
H. B. Baker. 1924. p. 91. — B. raveni knipensis H. B. Baker. 1924, p. 92. —
B. raveni arubana H. B. Baker. 1924. p. 93. — B. aibbonsi H. B. Baker.
1924. p. 94.

-ocr page 119-

BONAIRE, St. 184, 187, 190. 190A, 191-, Klein Bonaire, teste Baker.
CURAgAO, 201. 202A. 203, 206, 207. 210, 212. 213, 214, 215. 217, 218,
225. 226, 227. 232, 242, 244. ARUBA, 249, 255. 260. 266. 267.
The material from Curagao and Aruba do not justify a subdivision into sub-
species; nor is B.
gibbonsi from Bcnaire specifically separable.
Bonaire, Curagao, Aruba.

Microceramus bonairensis (Smith, 1898)

Baker, 1924, p. 95. — M. bonairensis curacoana H. B. B a k e r, 1923, p. 6.
M. bon. curacoanus. Baker, 1924, p. 96. — M. bonairensis arubanus H. B.
Baker, 1924, p. 97.

BLANQUILLA, St. 171, 172B. TORTUGA, 173. BONAIRE, 190A, 191,
194; Klein Bonaire, 199. CURAgAO, 201. 203, 206. 207, 210, 212, 213,
213A,
214. 217. 225, 227, 242. ARUBA, 249, 255. 260, 263, 266, 267.
PARAGUANA, 279.
The specimens from Curagao, Aruba and Bonaire do not justify a sub-
division into subspecies. The shells from Blanquilla and Tortuga are stronger
calcificated than those from the former islands and the growth-riblets are more
regular, more numerous and well-defined.

Paraguana!; Blanquilla!, Tortuga!, Bonaire, Curagao, Aruba.

STREPTAXIDAE
Streptaxis glaber Pfeiffer, 1849

Baker, 1925, p. 39.

CARÜPANO, St. 124. MARGARITA, 138, 140, 143. 145, 146.
Brasil, Guyana, Venezuela, Trinidad, Barbados; Margarita!.

Ennea bicolor Hutton, 1834
Try on, 1885, p. 104; Gibbons, 1879, p. 130.

CURAgAO, St. 212.
East Indies, China; Lesser Antilles, Trinidad; Curagao!.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Papers of little local interest not fully cited. — Abbreviations of periodicals
chiefly in accordance with:
Apstein et Wasikowski, 1938, Periodica Zoologica.
Adams, Henry et Adams, Arthur, 1855. Gen. Ree. Moll., 2, pp. 93—284. Atl.
tabb. 73—96.

Adams, Henry et Adams, Arthur, 1856. Gen. Ree. Moll., 2, pp. 285—412. Ad.

tabb. 97—112.
Albers, Joh. Christ., 1850. Heliceen.

Allen, Glover M., 1902. The Mammals from Margarita Island, Venezuela. Proc.

Biol. Soc. Washington 15. pp. 91—97.
Allen, Glover M., 1911. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard 54, pp. 175—263.
Andcrsson, Lars Gabriel, 1900. Bih. Svenska Ak. 26. sect. 4 no 1, pp. 1—29.
Anton, Herrn. Ed., 1839. Verzeichn. Conchylien.

Baker, Horacc Burrington, 1923. The Mollusca collected by the University of
Michigan-Williamson Expedition in Venezuela, 1—2.
Occ. Pap. Mus. Zool.
Michigan 137.
58 pp., figg. 20—21, tabb. 1—5.

-ocr page 120-

Baker, Horacc Buirington, 1924. New Land Operculates from the Dutch Lee-
ward Islands.
Nautilus 37, pp. 89—94.

Baker, Horace Burrington, 1924. Land and Freshwater Molluscs of the Dutch
Leeward Islands. Occ.
Pap. Mus. Zool. Michigan 152, 159 pp., 21 tabb.

Baker, Horace Burrington, 1925. The Mollusca collected by the University of
Michigan-Williamson Expedition in Venezuela, 3. Occ.
Pap. Mus. Zool.
Michigan 156,
44 pp., figg. 58—61, tabb. 6—11.

Baker, Horacc Burrington, 1925. Isolation and Curagao. Nautilus 39, pp. 40—44.

Balccr, Horacc Burrington, 1926. The Mollusca collected by the University of
Michigan-Williamson Expedition in Venezuela, 4. Occ.
Pap. Mus. Zool
Michigan 167,
49 pp., tabb. 12—19.

Baker, Horacc Burrington, 1927. The Mollusca collected by the University of
Michigan-Williamson Expedition in Venezuela, 5. Occ.
Pap. Mus. r Zool.
Michigan 182,
36 pp., tabb. 20—26.

Baker, Horace Burrington, 1930. The Mollusca collected by the University of
Michigan-Williamson Expedition in Venezuela, 6. Occ.
Pap. Mus. Zool.
Michigan 210,
81 pp., tabb. 27—33.

Baker, Horace Burrington, 1935. Manual Conch. 28, pp. 191—209.

Baker Horace Burrington, 1939. Nautilus 53, pp. 8—16, tabb. 3—5.

Bangs, Outram, 1898. A new murine Opossum from Margarita Island. Proc.
Biol. Soc. Washington 12,
pp. 95—96.

Barbour, Thomas, 1930. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard 70, pp. 105—144.

Barbour, Thomas et Noble, G. Kingsley, 1915. A Revision of the Lizards of
the Genus Ameiva.
Ball. Mas. Comp. Zool. Harvard 59, pp. 417—479.

Bartsch, Paul, 1930. Explorations for Mollusks in the West Indies. Smithson.
Misc. Coll. 3060,
pp. 99-112, ill.

Berry, Charles T., 1934. Pleistocene remains found near Lake Tacarigua,
Venezuela.
J. Washington Ac. Sci. 24, pp. 387—395, 4 figg.

Bland, Thomas, 1861. On the Geographical Distribution of... Land Shells of
the West India Islands ...
Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. York 7, pp. 9—35.

Boulenger, George Albert, 1885. Catal. Lizards Brit. Mus. 1.

Boulenger, George Albert, 1885. Catal. Lizards Brit. Mus. 2.

Bruguicrc, J. G., 1792. Encycl. Method. Vers 1 (pp. 348—349).

Buit, Charles E., 1931. A Study of the Teiid Lizards of the Genus Cnemido-
phorus with special Reference to their phylogenetic Relationships.
Ball. U. S.
Mas. 154,
viii -F- 286 pp., 38 figg.

Burt, Charles E., 1935. A new Lizard from the Dutch Leeward Islands (Cne-
midophorus murinus ruthveni). Occ.
Pap. Mas. Zool. Michigan 324, 3 pp.

Burt, Charles E, et Burt, May Danhdm, 1930. Proc. U. S. Mus. 78, 6, 52 pp.

Burt, Charles E. et Bart, May Danhcim, 1933. A Preliminary Check List of
the Lizards of South America.
Trans. Ac. Sci. St. Louis 28, pp. 1 — 104.

Cabrera, Angel, 1918. Bol. Soc. Hist. Nat. Espan. 18. pp. 300—307.

Cochran, Doris M., 1934. Herpetological Collections from the West Indies made
by Dr. Paul Bartsch under the Walter Rathbone Bacon Scholarship,
1928-1930. Smithson. Misc. Coll. 3259, 92. 7. 48 pp.

-ocr page 121-

Cope, E. D., 1862. Pcoc. Ac. Nat. Sei. Philad. 14. pp. 60—82.
Cope, E. D., 1885. Twelfth Contribution to the Herpetology of Tropical Ame-
rica.
Ptoc. Amer. Phil. Soc. Philad. 22, pp. 167—194, tab.
Crosse, H., 1872. Diagnoses Molluscorum novorum, in Antillis collectorum.

]. Conch. Paris 20, pp. 157-160.
Crosse, H., 1874.
J. Conch. Paris 22. p. 66.

Crosse, H. et Bland, Th., 1873. Description de Mollusques nouveaux provenant
de Curaçao et de Sainte-Lucie (Antilles).
J. Conch. Paris 21. pp. 40—44,
tab. 1 figg. 2—5.
DaU, WiUiam H., 1905.
Proc. Malac. Soc. London 6. pp. 208-210.
Dunn, E. R., 1934.
Copeia 1. pp. 1—4.

Eisentraut, M., 1933. Inselmelanismus in der Gattung Cnemidophorus. Zool.

Anz. 101. pp. 228-232.
Férussac, J. B. L. d'Audcbard de, 1821. Tabl. Syst. Moll. Limaçons.
Fischer, 1879.
Verh. Naturw. Ver. Hamburg (2) 3. pp. 99—102. (non viso)
Fischer, Paul, H., 1885. Manuel Conchyl., pp. 689—896.
Fulton, H. C., 1917.
Proc. Malac. Soc. London 12. pp. 240—241.
Gibbons, J. S., 1879.
J. Conch. London 2. pp. 129—134.

Gibbons, J. S., 1879. Notes on some of the Land Shells of Curaçao, W.I.; with

descriptions ... J. Conch. London 2. pp. 135—137, tab. 1 fig. 1—2.
Gratacap, L. P., 1907.
Nautilus 20. pp. 113—118.
Gray, Joh. Edw., 1850. Nomencl. Moll. Brit. Mus. Cycloph.
Gronow, Laur. Thcod., 1781. Zoophylacium 3.
Gualtieri, Niccoló, 1742. Index Test. Conchyl.

Hartert, Ernst, 1894. Lepus nigronuchalis sp.nov. Novit. Zool. 1. p. 40.
Hartert, Emst, 1902. Aus der Wanderjahren eines Naturforschers, 3.
Novit.

Zool. 9. pp. 273—309, ill.
Hoffmann, Hans, 1925,
]ena. Z. Naturw. 61, pp. 1—374.

Hollister, N., 1914. Four new Mammals from Tropical America. Proc. Biol.

Soc. Washington 27. pp. 103—106.
Hollister, N., 1914. Description of four new Mammals from Tropical America.

Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington 27. pp. 141—144.
Horst, C. J. van der, 1924. Narrative of the Voyage and short Description of

Locahties. Bijdr. Dierk. 23. pp. 1 — 12, 9 figg., 2 tabb.
Hummelinck, P. Wagenaar, 1933. Reisebericht. Zool. Ergebn. Bonaire I.
Zool.

]b. Syst. 64. pp. 289-326, 16 figg.
HimmicHnck, P. Wagenaar, 1938. De Namen van de afgebeelde Planten en

Dieren, in Realino, De Nederlandse Antillen. Curaçao, pp. 208—209.
Hummelinck, P. Wagenaar, 1940. Land and Freshwater Mollusks from the

smaller Venezuelan Islands. Arch. Néerl. Zool. 4, pp. 352—354, fig.
Jutting, W, S. S. van Benthem, 1925. On a Collection on Non-marine Mol-
lusca from Curaçao.
Bijdr. Dierk. 24. pp. 25—32, 4 figg.
Jutting, W. S. S. van Benthem, 1934. Enkele Beschouwingen over de Week-
dierfauna van Curaçao.
Natuur en Mensch 54, pp. 34—36, 3 figg.

-ocr page 122-

Klein, Jacob Theod., 1753. Tent. Meth. Ostracol.

Kobelf, W., 1880. Die Geographische Verbreitung der Mollusken, 3. Jb. Dtsch.
Malak. Ges. 7.
pp. 241-286.

Lamarck, J. B. P. A. dc M. de, 1801. Anim. s. Vert.

Lidth dc Jeude, Th. W. van, 1887. On a Collection of Reptiles and Fishes
from the West-Indies.
Not Zool. Mus. Leyden 9. pp. 129—139, 2 tabb.
Linne, Carl von, 1758^ Syst. Nat.
Lister, Martin, 1688. Syn. Method. Conchyl. 4.

Lorié, J., 1887. Fossile Mollusken von Curasao, Aruba und der Kueste von

Venezuela. Samml. Geol. Reichsmas. Leiden (2) 1, pp. 111 — 149, 2 tabb.
Martens, E. von, 1873. Die Binnenmollusken Venezuela's.
Pest sehr. Berlin. Ges.
Naturf. Fr..
pp. 157-225, 2 tabb.

Martin, K., 1888. Bericht über eine Reise nach Niederländisch West-Indien ...

1, Land und Leute. Leiden, 186 pp., ill.
Martin, K., 1888. Bericht... 2, Geologie. 238 pp., ill.

Meek, Seth Eugen, 1910. Notes on Batrachians and Reptiles from the Islands
North of Venezuela.
Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Publ. 148 Zool. 7. pp. 415-418.
Menke, Carl Thcod., 1846. Z.
Malakozool. 3. p. 128.
IVfiller, Gerrit, S.-Jr., 1897.
Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington 11. (non viso)
Miller, Gerrit S.-Jr., 1898. A new Rabbit from Margarita Island, Venezuela.

Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington 12, pp. 97—98.
Miller, Gerrit S.-Jr., 1899.
Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 12. pp. 173—181.
Miller, Gerrit S.-Jr., 1900. Three new Bats from the Island of Curasao.
Proc.
Biol. Soc. Washington 13.
pp. 123—127.

Miller, Gerrit, S.-Jr., 1900. A second Collection of Bats from the Island of

Curasao. Proc. Biol Soc. Washington 13. pp. 159—162.
MUler, Gerrit S.-Jr., 1913.
Proc. U. S. Mus. 46. pp. 85—92.
MUler, Gerrit S.-Jr., 1913. Proc.
U. S. Mus. 46. pp. 413—429.
Osgood, Wilfred H., 1910. Mammals from the Coast and Islands of Northern
South America.
Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Puhl. 149 Zool. 10, pp. 23-32,
tabb. 2-3.

Osgood, Wilfred H., 1912. Mammals from Western Venezuela and Eastern
Colombia.
Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Puhl. 155 Zool. 10, pp. 33—66, tabb. 4—5.
Parker, H. W., 1935. Some Lizards from Venezuela and the Dutch Leeward
Islands.
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10) 15, pp. 480—484.

Peters, W., 1873. Mber. Ak. Wiss. Berlin 1872. pp. 358—361.

Pctiver, James, 1709. Gazophylacium 1.

Pfeiffer, Ludwig G. C., 1846. Z. Malakozool. pp. 33—48.

Pfeiffer, Ludwig G. C., 1847. Z. Malakozool. pp. 52—59.

Pfeiffer, Ludwig G. C., 1848. Syst. Conch. Cab. (1) 19, Cyclost., pp. 57—96,
cf. tab. 9 ed. 1847.

Pfeiffer, Ludwig G. C., 1852. Consp. Cyclost.
Pfeiffer, Ludwig G. C., 1852. Monogr. Pneumon. 1.

-ocr page 123-

Pijpers, P. J., 1933. Geology and Palaeontology of Bonaire (D.W.I.). Geogr.

Geol. Meded. Utrecht. Phijs. Geol. 8. Diss. Utrecht, 103 pp.. ill.
Pilsbry, Henry A., 1897—98. Manual Conch. 11.
Püshry, Henry A., 1899. Manual Conch. 12.
Pilsbry, Henry A., 1901. Manual Conch. 14.
Pilshry, Henry A., 1903. Manual Conch. 16.
Pilsbry, Henry A., 1906. Manual Conch. 18.
Pilsbry, Henry A., 1907. Manual Conch. 18, 19.
PUsbry, Henry A., 1908. Manual Conch. 20.
Pilsbry, Henry A., 1916. Manual Conch. 24.
Pilshry, Henry A., 1917. Manual Conch. 24.

Pilsbry, Henry A., 1924. South American Land and Fresh-Water Mollusks:
Notes and Descriptions.
Proc. Ac. Nat. Sei. Philad. 76. pp. 49—66, tab. 4.
Pilsbry, Henry A. et Vanatta, E. G., 1896. Catalogue of the Species of Cerion,
with descriptions of new forms.
Proc. Ac. Nat. Sei. Philad. pp. 315—338,
tab. 11.

Pittier, H. et Tate, G. H. H., 1932. Sobre Fauna Venezolana. Lista provisional
de los Märaiferos observada en el Pais.
Bol. Soc. Venez. Cienc. Nat. 1.
pp. 249-278.

Poüez, V. L. V. et Michaud, A. L. G., 1838. Gal. Moll. Douai 1, Atl. tabb.
45—56.

Rang, A. Sander, 1831. Ann. Sei. Nat. Paris 24. pp. 5—63.

Pucheran, Jacques, 1852. Monographie des Espèces du Genre Cerf. Arch. Mas.

Hist. Nat. Paris 6, pp. 265-492, tabb. 23-30.
Reeve, Lovell, 1860. Elements Conchol. 1.

Rehn, James, A. G., 1902. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sei. Philad. 54. pp. 160—172.
Rehn, James
A. G., 1904. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sei. Philad. 56. pp. 181—207.
Richards, Horacc G., 1938.
Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. 79. pp. 167—178.
Richards, Horace G. et Hummelinck, P. Wagenaar, 1940. Land and Fresh-
water Mollusks from Margarita Island, Venezuela.
Proc. Ac. Nat. Sei.
Philad.
(in press)
Röding, Peter Friedir., 1798. Museum Boltenianum 2.

Robinson Wirt, 1896. An annotated List of Birds observed on the Island of
Margarita, and at Guanta and Laguayra, Venezuela. Proc.
U. S. Mas. 18.
pp. 649-685, tab. 33.
Rooy, Nelly de, 1922. Reptiles and Amphibians of Curasao. Bijdr. Dierk. 22.

pp. 249-253, 2 figg.
Ruthven, Alexander G., 1913. Occ. Pap. Mas. Zool. Michigan 2. 3 pp.
Ruthven, Alexander G., 1922. The Amphibians and Reptiles of the Sierra Ne-
vada de Santa Marta, Colombia.
Misc. Pabl. Mas. Zool. Michigan 8.
69 pp., ill.

Ruthven, Alexander, G., 1923. The Reptiles of the Dutch Leeward Islands.

Occ. Pap. Mas. Zool. Michigan 143. 10 pp.
Ruthven, Alexander G., 1924. Description of an Ameiva from Testigos Island,
Venezuela. Occ.
Pap. Mas. Zool. Michigan 149, 3 pp.

-ocr page 124-

Ruthven, Alexander G., 1924. The subspecies of Ameiva bifrontata. Occ. Pap.

Mas. Zool. Michigan 155, 6 pp.
Ruthven, Alexander G., 1926. The Status of Phyllodactylus spatulatus Cope.

Occ. Pap. Mus. Zool. Michigan 178, 2 pp.
Rutten, L. M. R., 1931. Our Palaeontological Knowledge of the Netherlands

West-Indies in 1930. Leidsche Geol. Meded. 5, pp. 651—672.
Sanchez, Andres, 1921. Geografia Médica de la Isla de Margarita. Caracas,
71 pp., ill.

Schepman, M. M., 1915. Mollusca (Weekdieren), in: Encycl. Ned. West-Indie.

's-Gravenhage, pp. 477—482.
Seba, Alb., 1758. Thesaur. 3.

Simons, G. J., 1868. Beschrijving van het Eiland Curagou. .. Oosterwolde,
156 pp., 4 tabb.

Smith, Edgar A., 1898. On some Land Shells from Trinidad. J. Conch. London,
pp. 27—29, 6 figg.

Smith, Edgar A., 1898. On the Land-Shells of Curagoa and the Neighbouring

Islands. Proc. Malac. Soc. London 3, pp. 113—116.
Sowerby, G. B.I, 1825. Catal. Shells Tankerville.

Sowerby, G. B.1843. Monogr. Cyclost., Sowerby H Thesaur. Conchyl. 1.
Suter, Henry, 1900.
Revisfa Mas. Paul. 4. pp. 329—337.
Stejneger, Leonhard, 1917. Proc. U. S. Mas. 53, pp. 259—291.
Sfejncger, Leonhard, 1933.
Amphibians and Reptiles from Tropical America.

Nyt Mag. Natura. 74, pp. 45—50.
Tate, G. H. H., 1933. Bull. Amer. Mas. Nat. Hist. 66, 1.
Thiele, Joh., 1931. Handb. Weichtierk. 2.

Thomas, Oldficld, 1897. Descriptions of new Bats and Rodents from America.

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) 20, pp. 544-553.
Tomes, Robert F., 1861. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, pp. 63—69.
Trouessart, E. L., 1904. Catal. Mamm. Suppl., pp. 1—546.
Tryon, George W.- Jr., 1885. Manual Conch. 1.

Vernhout, J. H., 1914. The Land- and Freshwater-Molluscs of the Dutch West-

Indian Islands. Not. Zool. Mus. Leyden 36, pp. 177—189.
Werner, Franz, 1900. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ver. Wien 50, pp. 262—272.
Werner, Franz, 1925. Zur Kenntnis der Fauna der Insel Bonaire. (Niederlän-
disch-Westindien.) Z.
nbsp;Zool. 125, pp. 533-556, 2 figg.
Wiegmann, Arend Friedr. Aug., 1833. Ueber eine neue Art des Hirschgeschlech-

tes. Isis Oken 1833, col. 952-970.
Wollebaek, Alf, 1934. Curagao. Norsk Geogr. Tidsskr. 5, pp. 95—109, 9 figg.
Wood, W,, 1828. Suppl. Index Testae.

Wood, W., 1828. Refer. Lamarck Anim. s. Vert. adapt. Index Testae.

-ocr page 125-

STUDIES ON THE FAUNA OF CURAgAO, ARUBA,
BONAIRE AND THE VENEZUELAN ISLANDS:
No. 3.

ZOOGEOGRAPHICAL REMARKS

Introduction .......

Distribution of the Species . .
Affinities of the Fauna . . . .
Palaeogeographical Conclusions
Bibliography.......

Much has been said of the geographical relations and the
origin of the West Indian fauna, especially as to that of its verte-
brates and mollusks. Mosdy the islands off the Venezuelan coast,
for the greater part within sight of the South American continent,
remained out of question, although obvious differences between
the fauna of Curasao and that of the adjacent mainland were
rather quickly noticed and its affinity towards the fauna of the
Greater Antilles even emphasized (Bland. 1861; Baker.
1924).

Without going into the West Indian fauna as a whole, or the
current theories that try to explain its distribution, an attempt is
being made to find out what palaeogeographical indication is
given by the fauna of the Leeward Group, by careful examination
of the distribution of its mammals, reptiles, amphibians, fishes and
mollusks, — these being the only groups, perhaps with exception
of the birds, which are sufficiently well known to serve as a base
for zoogeographical considerations. Biocoenoses were not studied,
only the distribution of species and subspecies was taken into
account. The biotopes usually being very small and scattered by
many isolating factors formed by accidental circumstances, the
fauna being very poor and the biology of the species practically
unknown, it will be clear that we have to be unpretentious in our
aim and very careful in our conclusions.

p. 109.
p. 111.
p. 118.
p. 125.
p. 129.

-ocr page 126-

t3
ra

O o
-u-a
S c

CD

- j

8-

Q

to TS
S C

J (S « iS r? 'S

X ^ ra

lallil^llllllljlllllIJlj

TABLE 12.

Distribution of the
Mammals.

_ lt;i) c3

|ll

lt;; ra o

g

o*
fO

- ä
T3 (ü CÜ U

Cebus margaritae.....

Odocoileus gymnotis margaritae
Odocoileus gymn. curassavicus
Sylvilagus nigron. nigronuchahs
Sylvilagus cumanicus margaritae
Sylvilagus cumanicus avius . .

Sciurus nesaeus......

Epimys rattus.......

Epimys norvegicus.....

Mus musculus .......

Oryzomys spec.......

Hesperomys ? spec......

Echimys flavidus.....

Dasypus novemcinctus ....
Peropteryx canina trinitatis . .
Chilonycteris parnelli ....
Mormoops meg. megalophylla .
Mormoops megaloph. intermedia
Micronycteris megalotis . . .
Glossophaga soricina ....
Leptonycteris curasoae ....
Phodotes tumid, tumidirostris .

Myotis nigricans......

Rhogeëssa minutilla.....

Molossus major......

Molossus pygmaeus.....

Philander trinitatis venezuelae .
Marmosa mitis robinsoni . . .

. O
X

• X .

.XX

X

OX

, O

■ X

X

7

.X
• X

.X

.X .

. ? X

.... O
. . . .X
. . . .X

•nbsp;. • .X

•nbsp;. • .X

.XX

. O

• X

x

■ X

.XX
. OX
O .

.X

ix

, O

■ X

X

O
O

X collected

0 from literature, very doubtful records omitted
? doubtful

-ocr page 127-

DISTRIBUTION OF THE SPECIES.

The evidence of the terrestrial mammals will be considered first. Of these
13 (16) species or subspecies are included in the present list. Three may be
at once dismissed as being introduced by human agency, namely
Epimys rattus,
Epimys norvegicus
and Mus musculus. Possibly Odocoileus gymnotis curas-
savicus should be added. The same subspecies is not unfrequently carried to
Curagao from northeastern Colombia and, furthermore, it may be concluded
from the situation of the coral-limestones, that more than three-quarters of the
island-area were certainly submerged in quaternary time, which probably
precluded the survival of these animals.

It is doubtful what significance may be attached to the occurrence of the
small Cricetine
Hesperomys? (launcha aff.) on Aruba, since this genus is
southern in range, none being found in northern South America. Also about
the
Oryzomys, of which only skull-fragments were found in the caves in Mar-
garita and Curagao, nothing can be said with certainty. Several members of
this genus occur in Venezuela, but in the Antilles they appear to be known
from Jamaica and St. Vincent only.

All other terrestrial species occur on the adjacent mainland or are represented
by closely related forms. It is, of course, possible that some of them have been
introduced by man, but there is no known evidence to support this supposition.

Turning to the bats, we find 12 species or subspecies recorded. On some
islands local forms appear to have been developed, which phenomena was
formerly emphasized by a still larger amount of „insular speciesquot;. Well defined
local forms are
Leptonyctecis curasoae and Mormoops megalophylla intermedia,
both occuring in Curagao and Aruba. Molossus pygmaeus, Phodotes tumidi'
rostris
and Rhogeessa minutilla are probably not confined to these islands but
are, as all other forms, common to the South American mainland and partly
to the Caribbees.
Chilonycteris parnelli occurs on the Greater Antilles and,
furthermore, was once recorded from Venezuela.

Contrary to the former group, the lizards, of which 23(26) species or
subspecies are listed, form a most conspicuous element in the island animal-
world.

Among these, we know that the gekkos, which hide in or under the bark
of trees, enter and abide in human habitations, are at times moved about
fortuitously by human agency. On Curagao and Aruba, the distribution of
Gonatodes albogularis, which seems to be confined to the towns of Willemstad
and Oranjestad, suggests recent introduction from the mainland. The occurrence
of
Gonatodes vittatus on Aruba gives, in this respect, also some ground for
supposition, whilst the single museum-record of this species from Curagao may
be due to introduction or to inexact labelling.

It is not impossible that Thecadactylus rapicaudus owns its wide distribution
through tropical America to fortuitous dispersal.

Another species which is reputed to be unsuitable for zoogeographical pur-
poses is
Iguana iguana iguana, not only common to South and Central America,
but also widely, though very irregularly, distributed throughhout the West
Indies. The iguanas are very good swimmers and often do not hesitate to
plunge into the water when this is the only way of escape. Furthermore, they
are often taken aboard the litrie coasters as fresh food supply, the legs
fractured or tightly fastened round the body, and it may be freely assumed that

-ocr page 128-

quot;.•§•§ g-g^g-g-ê-
5 O- -O gt;0 -O -O t

g gro R 9 R ^
— g ë g ï

lt; k-
d- o.

h

sru

STg-

g 2 s-î

oj M lt;quot; g

w ^ c

D. Fquot; 5
0) re Ö a'

OJ c

B 0-0 3.

riiîi

air

2-quot;S. quot;H. a
'îli
Iffi

^ ag g

^ S g

O O
o-o

llls-è-è-è^lii
g g __

cg g g g g c

t lil 111'
gB^S^ïSg.quot;

Snbsp;s 0) 03

w n J55

s. n

p

000
§§§

Q)nbsp;QJ

ai: s:

b) s squot;

a g aquot;

Morro de la Iguana

Chiwo

Angoletta

Tamarindo

Isla de Conejo

Puerto Real

La Pécha

Margarita

Morro Fondeadero

Morro Pando

Blanquilla

Tortuga

Huespen

Gran Roque

Isla Larga

Cayo de Agua

Ave de Barlovento

Ave de Sotavento (?)

Bonaire

Klein Bonaire

Klein Curaçao

Curaçao

Aruba

Los Monges

XX-

X- •

XXX
. XX

XX

XXX

X-

X-

X-

XX-

x

X-

XX
-

.

rr

cr 3

m

X

X

X-

lt;

o.
g

E-

X

X

X

X

X- X
- X

XX
XX
• X
XX
X- •

XX
X
• X

X- X

X

Xo

X- - XX
• - XX

I

I

X

OX

X-

XX- XX- - • -

X-

XX

XXXXX- - - X

X

00. .

o o.

000. o. .
. . . . o. .

Paraguana
N. Venezuela, Trinidad, N. E. Colombia
other part of American continent
other Antilles

-ocr page 129-

they, even in this condition, more than once escaped their fate. Still the smaller
Venezuelan islands, Los Testigos excepted, probably possess rather independent
populations, as their members often clearly show the phenomena of island-
melanism.

It should be noted that the fauna of all islands in question, which consist
wholly of coral-rock, or are built up of sand and coral-debris, must have been
introduced in comparatively recent time. In conformity with this, the known
reptiles of Tortuga are identical with those of Orchila and other neighbouring
islands, whilst the
Cnemidophorus nigricolor, which inhabits the keys of Los
Roques also occurs on Gran Roque and the adjacent island-groups. The Aves
Islands have apparently derived their fauna from Bonaire as well as from the
little islands to the East, but, besides this, the records of
Tropidurus torquatus
hispidus
and Gymnophthalmus laevicaudus, not known from the neighbouring
islands, point to introduction from the opposite mainland. As expected, the
fauna of Klein Bonaire is the same as that of the main island, whilst the two
species of Klein Curasao are also to be found in Curasao.

The doubtful species of Gonatodes, which occur on Los Hermanos, Orchila,
Tortuga and Los Roques are probably local forms, about which as yet nothing
can be said. The occurrence of
Gymnodactylus antillensis, endemic to Curasao,
Bonaire and Las Aves, and once recorded from Orchila, is most interesting,
On the mainland this genus is southern in range, no species being found in
Venezuela or Colombia, whilst in the West Indian region one has been rarely
found in the Caribbees.

In Phyllodactylus several species may be discerned, P. rutteni, P. martini and
P.
julieni, which are peculiar resp. to the region Los Hermanos-Los Roques,
Bonaire-Curagao and Aruba, whilst
P. mulleri occurs on the mainland as well
as on Margarita. The mutual relation of these species and their connection with
other species is rather obscure, the more so because in other Antilles,
specimens were found which were even considered identical with the species
from Curasao.

The anoles belong to two very different species: Anolis lineatus in Curasao
and Aruba,
Anolis bonairensis bonairensis in Bonaire and probably Las Aves,
Anolis bonairensis blanquillanus in Blanquilla and Los Hermanos. Here also,
nothing can be said on the relationship to other species.

Tropidodactylus onca and Tropidurus torquatus hispidus have not been found
West of Margarita, excepting a single record of the latter species from the
Aves-Islands.

It is interesting that the widely distributed genus Ameiva does not occur on
the islands between Margarita and Aruba. Most of the Antilles have been
found to support a peculiar species; the Margarita-species, however, is not
different from that of the opposite mainland, whilst that of the Testigos-Islands,
although slightly different from the typical
Ameiva bifrontata, is not considered
to represent an endemic species or subspecies. On Aruba
A. bifrontata has only
been found in very limited numbers in the neighbourhood of Oranjestad, which
suggest introduction from the adjacent continent.

In contrary to the former genus, Cnemidophorus is common to every island-
group.
Cnem. lemniscatus lemniscatus from the continent occurs on Margarita
and the islands to its East and South; to this form
Cnem. lemn, nigricolor,
peculiar to the islands between Margarita and Bonaire, is very narrowly re-

-ocr page 130-

(0
.s

3|

TABLE 14.

Distribution of the Snakes,
Crocodiles, Amphibians and
Fishes.

10

c

§

03

Is

- « O
§ § ^

ai-r m

OdS «Qnbsp;ran

a ra-T^Uf^roiSrPrannbsp;Oh

I

§ raJUJl S 5JS ^^ ^ ill si s

■s a

(0 o

I ill
ipl

CUZ o o

t3
10

(U o
-a-o
s o

.....X .

'. 6 '. '.

.000
. . . 0

u

1) •

u .

QJ

uquot; .
•ft; ... .

.......

• X . .

• X . •

a

W .

Q.
• w •

. o. . . .

* W ' . ' .

. .X .

.X . •

• CM •

. vo • • • •

! ! ! quot; 1! !

• .X .

-XO .

■X

SNAKES

Leptotyphlops albifrons
Dromicus antillensis .
Leimadophis triscalis
Leptodeira annulata .
Crotalus terrificus .
other species . . .

CROCODILES
Crocodylus intermedins

AMPHIBIANS
Pleurodema brachyops
other species . . . .

X
. 2

. 0 . .
.X . •

.XX .XX

HSHES

Cyprinodon dearbomi
Rivulus cylindraceus
Rivulus hartii . . .
Mollienisia vandepolli
Lebistes reticulatus .
Eleotris pisonis . .
Awaous banana . .
Agonostoma monticola

X
X

x

x . •

. . . 0

.000

X

■X

ix

■ X

'x

■ XX .

0 . .

. 0 0

0 0 0
.00

■ X
• X

X collected

0 from literature, very doubtful records omitted

[Fishes according to L. F. dc Beaufort (Amsterdam)]

-ocr page 131-

lated. Cnem. Icmniscafus arubensis from Aruba shows some intermediate position
between the first species and
Cnem. marinus mutinas from Curagao and
C.
murinus ruthveni from Bonaire, which are generally considered as being the
most primitive types of the genus.

The irregular distribution of Gymnophthalmus lineatus, Gymn. laevicaudus
and Tretioscincus bifasciatus is very puzzling; all three are common to the
mainland and are apparently lacking in the Antilles.

For completeness something must be said on the snakes, crocodilcs, amphibians
and fishes, although no detailed study of these groups could be made.

Firstly it should be noted that all the snakes observed in Margarita and the
Testigos Islands, are also common to the mainland. One of these species,
Drymobius boddaertii, was reported from Las Aves by Meek, 1910. Bonaire,
Curagao and Aruba are inhabited by different species, which are often widely
distributed throughout tropical America.

Remains of an old and a very young specimen of Ccocodylus infemedius
from, the Laguna de las Maritas, left little doubt as to its occurrence in
Margarita.

PleuTodema brachgops, occurring in Margarita, Aruba and the neighbouring
mainland, was accidently introduced in Curagao about 1910, by sand from
Aruba, used in building the Wilhelmina-wharf, Emmastad. In 1928 specimens
were brought to Bonaire and soon afterwards were widely spread over this
island. A
Bufo and a Hyla occur in the more wooded central part of Margarita.

Lcbistes reticulatus and Rivulus hartii are the only fishes in Margarita. The
first has been observed in fresh and oligohaline water, the second even in rather
strong mesohaline water. The distribution of
Lebistes reticulatus has been
strongly influenced by man, because of its general use as a destroyer of
mosquito-larvae.

The other fishes of the Leeward Group are even less susceptible to salt
water, perhaps with exception of
Agonostoma monticola. whose occurrence in
Pos Ariba, a oligohaline pond in central Curagao, is most puzzling. It is curious,
that the only species, which appears to be peculiar to the Leeward Group,
Mollienisia vandepolli, often occurs in marine lagoons and in saltlakes, in water
of more than 30 g Cl/1, together with
Cgprinodon dearborni, the latter being
the most hardy of all.

The snails, of which 58 species are listed, form a second conspicuous
element of the island-fauna, which is zoogeographically of the highest interest.

All the 35 species occurring on Margarita are also known from the adjacent
continent of South America, with exception of
Subulina striatella which,
however, is probably closely related to
Subulina parana from Brasil. The scanty
mollusk-fauna of the smaller islands E. and S. of Margarita also do not show
any positive differences.

Contrary to this, the islands West of Margarita show a noticeable independency
from the mainland-fauna. There is a high percentage of endemism, typical South
American groups are absent or very scantily represented, and several Antillean
groups form conspicuous components of the population.

Physa cubensis, Lamellaxis gracilis, Lamellaxis micra, Drgmaeus multilineatus
and Liguus virgineus are certainly introduced by human agency; this probably
is also the case with
Caecilioides gundlachi, Luntia insignis and Ennea bicolor.

Lucidella lirata, Potamopyrgus parvulus. Planorbis circumlineaius. Gastrocopta
barbadensis, Gastrocopta octonaria, Pupoides marginatus, Caecilioides conso'

-ocr page 132-

TABLE 15.

Distribution of the
SnaUs.

o o

gnbsp;ö

re gt;nbsp;lt;u

3 6nbsp;gt;

quot; s

ai a


3 b
•s

^ o =

I i ï^

agt; s s
^^ ^ ^

a. Z o O

(u
T3
ra

ûgt; o
s O

.3 O.

ra a

M.

.5nbsp;O

oq^-t-'o.oïui-icrpsr*-»—jonbsp;'s

s refill! fi « lil II j 111

Alcadia dysoni .
Lucidella lirata .
Stoastomops walkeri
Poteria translucida
Cistidops raveni .
Tudora megacheilos
Tudora rupis . .
Tudora aurantia . ,
Tudora maculata . .
Potamopyrgus parvulus
Physa cubensis . . .
Planorbis circumlineatus
Vaginulus linguaeformis
Vaginulus spec. . .
Succinea barbadensis
Succinea gyrata . .
Succinea tamsiana
Succinea spec. . .
Gastrocopta barbadensis
Gastrocopta curacoana
Gastrocopta geminidens
Gastrocopta iheringi
Gastrocopta octonaria
Pupoides marginatus
Bothriopupa tenuidens
Caecilioides consobrina
Caedlioides gundlachi
Lamellaxis gracilis
Lamellaxis micra .
Synopeas beckianum
Subulina octona .
Subulina striatella
Neosubulina gloynii
Leptinaria lamellata
Limtia insignis
Spiraxis blandi
Thysanophora crinita
Thysanophora plagioptycha
Thysanophora vanattai
Guppya gundlachi
Guppya molengraaffi
Habroconus ernsti .
Scolodonta starkei .
Bulimulus cacticolus .
Bulimulus constrictus
Bulimulus dysoni . .
Drymaeus meridanus
Drymaeus multilineatus
Drymaeus virgulatus
Oxystyla maracaibensis
Liguus virgineus .
Auris distortus
Tomigerus cumingi
Cerion uva . . .
Brachypodella hanleyana
Brachypodella leucopleura
Brachypodella raveni .
Microceramus bonairensis
Streptaxis glaber . . .
Ennea bicolor ....

X

X

.XO .

• XO 0

X .

X .

xo

XX
XX
X

XX
XX
XX

X

X

XX

X

X

X
X
X

.X
. 0
XX
. . 0

X
X

7
7

X

XX
X

?.. 0
11..

X

XX . 0

6 '. '.
XX 0 .

•nbsp;X . .
XX ■ 0

.0.0
.X . 0
..00

•nbsp;XO 0
XX 0 0

xxo 0

•nbsp;XO 0
. . ?

.' 6 6 0
. 0 .

XX
. 0 ?

! 6 Ó 0

! Ó !
. 0 .
.X .
. 0 .
. 0 0
. 0 .

•nbsp;XO 0

•nbsp;X - x
XX

..00
.XO
. 0 0

; Ó
. 0

X '.

.XO 0
.0.0

XX

XXX

XX

X

X

XX

XX

X
XX

X
X
X

X
X
X
X
X

X

X

X

XXX

X

XX
XX

XX
X .

XX
XX

XXX

XX

X

X

X

X

X

XX

ix

XX

ix

X .'

X

0 .
XX
• X
0 .

X

X

XX

XX

XX
XX

• X

XX
XX

XX

X

0 from literature, very doubtful records omitted

X collected

-ocr page 133-

bvina, Sgnopeas beckianum, Thysanophora crinita and Drymaeus virgulatus are
common to the adjacent mainland and are often widely spread; in certain cases
their discontinuous distribution on the western islands of the Leeward Group
arouses the suspicion of fortuitous dispersal. On Aruba
Oxystyla maracaibensis
appears to be entirely subfossil. The genus Succinea is very imperfectly known
and is therefore excluded from further consideration.

The element which appears to be peculiar to the Leeward Group is confined
to Bonaire, Curasao and Aruba, with two exceptions which may be first
considered.
Spiraxis blandi has been described in 1873 from Los Roques, after
a single specimen; anatomy unknown. Though this record, at first suggests an
affinity to the Greater Antilles, a strong similarity to
Pseudosubulina
(=. Spiraxis) decussata
from the mainland should be noted. Microceramus
bonairenis
has been found in a more or less subfossil state on the peninsula of
Paraguana, which denotes the possibility of the occurrence of living specimens
in this, and perhaps also other calcareous regions of the continent. The specimens
from Blanquilla and Tortuga are probably subspecifically separable from those
of the Dutch Islands, which also show some slight differences.

Two genera, Stoastomops and Cistulops, three subgenera, Bonairea, NeO'
subulina s.s. and Cerion s.s., and 12 species are, as far as known, endemic to
Curasao, Aruba and Bonaire. Of these
Guppya molengraaffi was found only
on the Seroe Christoffel, the region which approaches nearest to the rainforest
of Antilles and South America, inhabited by closely allied species. The other
are all more or less xerophytic and generally show a marked preference for
limestone-rock.
Tudora megacheilos, Tudora aurantia, Gastrocopta curacoana,
Neosubulina gloynii
and Cerion uva invade the more heavily wooded parts
in the higher hills of non-calcareous rock, but they are much rarer in these
places than on limestone in apparently more arid conditions. A similar type of
habitat has been studied in the neighbouring islands and in different places
on the adjacent northcoast of South America.

It is most noticeable that in the mollusk-fauna of Curasao, Aruba and Bonaire
an obvious Antillean element may be observed.
Cerion is practically limited to
the Bahamas and the Greater Antilles, occurring in subfossil state as far South
as St. Croix.
Microceramus is another Antillean genus which reaches the main-
land of North America, but is apparently lacking in most of the Lesser Antilles
and in the mainland of South America, with exception of Paraguana.
Stoastomops
and Cistulops also appear to have their nearest relatives on the Greater Antilles.
The
Chondropominae are a characteristically Antillean group, although they
reach the mainland in many places around the Caribbean Sea and the Gulf of
Mexico. On the other hand the members of this group appear to be most
closely related to those of northern South America.

The genus Neosubulina is known only from the Dutch islands of the Leeward
Group and northern South America, while
Brachypodella raveni belongs to the
mainland group of the genus. The relation of
Gastrocopta curacoana is uncertain,
and also about that of
Thysanophora vanattai, the type of the subgenus Hojeda
H. B. Baker, nothing can be said with certainty.

As already fully discussed by H. B. Baker, 1924, Curasao can be divided
into several faunal areas. Most distinct is the area of the Tafelberg Santa Barbara,
which is, above all, characterized by the presence of
Tudora megacheilos pilsbryi
and Tudora rupis rupis. The other areas are less marked. Their boundaries
generally correspond with the sunken valleys which cut up the limestone rim
into a series of quite isolated ridges.

-ocr page 134-

AFFINITIES OF THE FAUNA.

The known Mammals of the Leeward Group consist of 25
(28) species or subspecies. One half of these
(50 %) are common
to the South American mainland and, pardy, also to the other
Antilles. A few species (10%) are known to be introduced by
human agency. — The other forms (40 %) are local species or
subspecies which are represented on the adjacent mainland by
narrowly related forms and do not belong to any peculiar Antil-
lean genus or species.

The known Lizards of the Leeward Group consist of 23
(26) species or subspecies. One half of these (50 %) are common
to the South American mainland and, for a very small part only,
also to the other Antilles. A single species is supposed to be in-
troduced by human agency. — The other forms (50 %) are local
species or subspecies which, for the greater part, are not repre-
sented on the adjacent mainland by narrowly related forms and
do not obviously belong to any pecuhar Antillean genus or spe-
cies. — The species and subspecies which are peculiar to the
Leeward Group, are confined to the islands West of Margarita;
this region may be divided in smaller areas which possess a
more or less different faunistical character: Los Hermanos-Blan-
quilla, Orchila-Tortuga, Los Roques, Bonaire, Curagao, Aruba.

The Snakes, Amphibians and Fishes which inhabit
Margarita and Los Testigos are probably all mainland-species.
Those which occur in the other islands, are for the greater part
also common to South America. The only species which appears
to be peculiar to Curagao, Aruba and Bonaire, is a fish, by no
means confined to freshwater only, which is represented on
the mainland by rather closely related forms.

The known Mollusks of the Leeward Group consist of 58
(60) species. Three quarters of these (75 %) are common to the
South American mainland and, for nearly their half, also to the
other Antilles. A few species are supposed to be introduced by
human agency. — The other forms (25 %) are local species

-ocr page 135-

which, for the greater part, are not represented on the adjacent
mainland by narrowly related forms and, in a few cases, belong
to peculiar Antillean genera. — The species which are peculiar
to the Leeward Group, are practically confined to the islands
Bonaire, Curagao and Aruba; each island possessess a somewhat
different faunal character. Bonaire and Klein Bonaire together
forming the most distinct of all areas. — Margarita, and the
islands to its East and South, have a fauna which shows no
differences to that of the adjacent mainland, whilst the islands to
its West apparently have a somewhat closer relationship with
that of Curagao.

-ocr page 136-

SSSSSSMvgg
quot;■SSSSBB^oÖ

IliJilllliri

cQCOcD — stk, ;

KSboo__tgt

oX

ii
— o
K cr

n m

3 quot;
quot; o'

o

q-lt;

giiif psg

— _ m 2

quot; ro w' m .

a tro-,

i-rg
^ S 5 H. •

lissls-

T n oT 2. .
^ 3' Si 3. 3 quot;
S.gnbsp;•

f5nbsp;. .

i—• i-j gnbsp;c

2 » o-co g
oj

g I §

3

'S lt;

s

S. a

pi

w

Ui

, ff*
2. •

X-

X-
X-

X-

x- . • • X- •

XXX- • • XXXX.......X X X- • . • X- • • XX- •

XXXX- • XX- - XXXXXXX- X . X- - - • X- • XX- -
XXX- X- XX.......XX- X . . X. - - X- X- - - -

Los Testigos

Los Frailes

Margarita

Los Hermanos

Blanquilla

Tortuga

Orchila

Los Roques

Las Aves

Bonaire

Curagao

Aruba

Los Monges

X-

g»g-
amp;-B I

fo

o. . . oo. . X- Xo

X-
X-

XX.
XX.
X- .
X- •

X
X

c 2-

w 0)

a t
o

CLR

g 3

X-

X-

X- ooX- - X- - X.
- • - XX- - X- • - .

01
s:

Paraguana

N. Venez., Trinid.. N.E. Col.
other part of American cont.
other Antilles

X-

X

-ocr page 137-

Isla de Caribes (1/3 km2)
Lizards 6. Snakes L

The fauna shows no differences to that of the adjacent main-
land.

Coche (50 km2)
Lizards 3. Amphibians L

The fauna shows no differences to that of the adjacent main-
land.

Cubagua (26^ km2)

Lizards 3.

The fauna shows no differences to that of the adjacent main-
land.

Margarita (850 km2)
Mammals 17(18). Lizards 8. Snakes 6. Amphibians 3. Fishes 2. Mollusks 34(36).

The fauna shows no obvious differences to that of the adjacent
mainland. The species or subspecies which appear to be confi-
ned to this island are closely related to mainland-forms and might
hardly deserve special denomination.

Only known from Margarita: Cebus margariiae (not verified), Odocoileus
gymnotis margaritae, Sylvilagus cumanicus margaritae, Sciurus nesaeus
(not verified), Echimys {lavidus (not verified), Rhogeessa minutilla (not
verified).

Los Testigos (5 islands: 33^ km2)
Mammals 2. Lizards 6. Snakes 1. Mollusks 8.

The fauna shows no obvious differences to that of the adjacent
mainland. The subspecies which appears to be confined to these
islands is closely related to mainland-forms and hardly deserves
special denomination.

Only known from Los Testigos: Sylvilagus cumanicus avius.

Los Frailes (2 islands: 1 km2)
Lizards 5. Mollusks 1.

The fauna shows no obvious differences to that of the adjacent
mainland.

-ocr page 138-

Los Hermanos (2 islands: lYz km2)

Lizards 6. Mollusks 1(2).

The fauna shows some obvious differences to that of Marga-
rita and the adjacent mainland and is very closely related to that
of Blanquilla.

Only known from Los Hermanos; Gonatodes (? Gymnodactylus aff.).
Only known from the Leeward Group:
Phyllodactylus rutteni, Anoiis
bonairensis blanquillanus, Cnemidophorus lemniscatus nigricolor.

Blanquilla (45 km2)

Lizards 4. Mollusks 5(6).

The fauna shows some obvious differences to that of the adja-
cent mainland and is closely related to that of the neighbouring
islands.

Only known from the Leeward Group: Phyllodactylus rutteni, Anoiis
bonairensis blanquillanus, Cnemidophorus lemniscatus nigricolor. Micro-
ceramus bonairensis
(incl. Paraguana).

Tortuga (140 km2)
Lizards 4. Mollusks 2.

The fauna shows some obvious differences to that of the
adjacent mainland and is closely related to that of the northern
islands.

Only known from the Leeward Group: Gonatodes (7 albogularis aff.),
? Phyllodactylus rutteni, Cnemidophorus lemniscatus nigricolor, Micro-
ceramus bonairensis
(ind. Paraguana).

Orchila (25 km2)
Lizards 4. Mollusks 3.
The fauna shows some obvious differences to that of the
adjacent mainland and is closely related to that of the neighbou-
ring islands.

Only known from the Leeward Group: Gonatodes (? albogularis aff.).
Gymnodactylus antillensis (not verified), Cnemidophorus lemniscatus nigri-
color.

Los Roques (3 islands: \}/2 km2)
Lizards 4. Fishes 1. Mollusks 2.
The fauna shows some obvious differences to that of the
adjacent mainland and is closely related to that of the neigh-
bouring islands.

-ocr page 139-

Only known from Los Roques: Gonatodes (? vittatus aff.), Spiraxis
blandi
(not verified). Only known from the Leeward Group: Phyllodactylus
nitteni, Cnemidophorus lemniscatus nigricolor.

Las Aves (2 islands: H ^m^)
Lizards 6. Snakes 1.

The fauna shows a few obvious differences to that of the
adjacent mainland and is related to that of the neighbouring
islands.

Only known from the Leeward Group: Gymnodactylus antillensis.
1 Anolis bonairensis bonairensis
(not verified), Cnemidophorus lemniscatus
nigricolor.

Bonaire (265 km2)
Mammals 2. Lizards 7. Snakes 1. Amphibians 1. Fishes 4. Mollusks 17.

Klein Bonaire (7 km2)
Lizards 5. Amphibians 1. Mollusks 10.

The fauna shows several obvious differences to that of the
adjacent mainland and is rather closely related to that of
Curagao. The occurrence of Cerion,
Stoastomops and Microcera-
mus
suggests some relationship with the fauna of the Greater
Antilles, while
Anolis bonairensis and Tudora also might represent
an Antillean element; this Antillean affinity is, however, rather
insignificant when compared with the much closer relationship

to the South-American mainland-fauna.

Only known from Bonaire: Anolis bonairensis bonairensis (? ind. Las
Aves),
Cnemidophorus murinus ruthveni, Stoastomops walkeri, Tudora
aurantia, Tudora maculata.
Only known from the Leeward Group: Gymno-
dactylus antillensis, Phyllodactylus martini, Mollienisia vandepolli, Gastro'
copta curacoana, Neosubulina gloynii. Cerion uva, Brachypodella raveni,
Microceramus bonairensis
(ind. Paraguana).

Curagao (425 km2)

Mammals 11(13). Lizards 8(9). Snakes 2. Amphibians 1. Fishes 4. Mollusks 27.

Klein Curagao (lj4 ^m^)
Lizards 2.

The fauna shows several obvious differences to that of the
adjacent mainland and is rather closely related to that of Bonaire
and Aruba. The occurrence of
Cerion, Cistulops and Microceramus
suggests some relationship with the fauna of the Greater Antilles.

-ocr page 140-

while Tudora also might represent an Antillean element; this
Antillean affinity is, however, rather insignificant when compared
with the much closer relationship to the South-American main-
land-fauna.

Only known from Curaçao: 1 Odocoileus gymnotis curassavicus, Phodotes
tumidirostris tumidirostris
(not verified), Molossus pygmaeus, Cnemido-
phorus murinus marinus, Tudora megacheilos pilsbryi, Tudora rupis rupis,
Tudora rupis muskusi, Tudora rupis grandiensis, Tudora rupis hatoensis,
Guppya molengraaifi.
Only known from the Leeward Group: 1 Sylvilagus
nigronuchalis nigronuchalis, Mormoops megalophylla intermedia, Leptonyc-
teris curasoae, Gymnodactylus antillensis, Phyllodactylus martini. Anolis
lineatus. Mollienisia vandepolli. Cistulops raveni. Tudora megacheilos
megacheilos, Gastrocopta curacoana. Neosubulina gloynii, Cerion uva.
Brachypodella raveni. Microceramus bonairensis
(ind. Paraguanâ).

Aruba (173 km2)

Mammals 5. Lizards 10. Snakes 2. Amphibians 1. Fishes 1. Mollusks 19.

The fauna shows several obvious differences to that of the
adjacent mainland and is rather closely related to that of
Curaçao. The occurrence of
Cerion, Cistulops and Microceramus
suggests some relationship with the fauna of the Greater Antilles,
while
Tudora also might represent an Antillean element; this
Antillean affinity is, however, quite insignificant when compared
with the much closer relationship to the South-American main-
land-fauna.

Only known from Aruba: Phyllodactylus julieni. Cnemidophorus lemnis-
catus arubensis. Thysanophora vanattai.
Only known from the Leeward
Group:
1 Sylvilagus nigronuchalis nigronuchalis. Mormoops megalophylla
intermedia. Leptonycteris curasoae. Anolis lineatus. Mollienisia vandepolli,
Cistulops raveni, Tudora megacheilos megacheilos. Gastrocopta curacoana,
Neosubulina gloynii, Cerion uva, Brachypodella raveni. Microceramus
bonairensis
(incl. Paraguanâ).

Paraguanâ

The fauna shows no obvious differences to that of the neigh-
bouring part of the mainland. The occurrence of
Microceramus
suggests some relationship with the fauna of the Greater Antilles,
while
Tudora, which occurs in other parts of Venezuela, also might
represent an Antillean element.

La Goajira

The fauna shows no differences to that of the neighbouring
part of the mainland.

-ocr page 141-

PALAEOGEOGRAPHICAL CONCLUSIONS.

In the fauna of the Leeward Group three elements may be
discerned: 1. a southern, modern element; 2. a southern, older
element; 3. a northern, still older element.

1.nbsp;The quot;southern, modern elementquot; consists of species common
to the South American continent or having closely related main-
land-forms. This element cannot be distinctly separated from a
quot;more widely spread, modern elementquot;, consisting of species of
unknown origin. The fauna of Margarita and the islands to its
South and East is wholly composed of this element, which is
probably fortuitously scattered over the other islands. This very
strongly suggests the existence of a well-wooded land-connection
between the continent and Margarita in quaternary time. The
scanty fauna of Cubagua, Coche, Los Frailes and Los Testigos
is not contradictory to a similar supposition.

2.nbsp;The quot;southern, older elementquot; consists of endemic species
of presumably South-American origin (e.g.
Phyllodactylus, Cnemi-
dophorus, Neosubulina, Brachypodella).
It forms a considerable
part of the island-fauna West of Margarita. This strongly sug-
gests a long geographical isolation of this region, probably even
since late-tertiary time. The region probably was soon scattered.
It is possible that Bonaire, the most distinct of all areas, was
loosened before the connection between, other islands was dis-
solved (Werner, 1925). The Venezuelan Islands, in general,
were populated from the East, the Dutch Islands from the West.

3.nbsp;The quot;northern, still older elementquot; consists of endemic
species of presumably Antillean origin (e.g.
Stoastomops, Cistulops,
? Tudora, Cerion).
It forms a noticeable part of the fauna
of Bonaire, Curasao and Aruba (Baker, 1924). This suggests
a
land-connection with a territory inhabited by an ancient
Antillean fauna, possibly as early as middle-tertiary time. There
is litde to indicate that this Antillean fauna inhabited parts
cf the South-American continent, although it is not impossible
that a thorough study of the northern coast may bring a number
of these quot;rehcsquot; to light. At the moment it seems to be more
probable that these presumable traces of Antillean element in the

-ocr page 142-

northern part of South America intruded from the north, along
the same way which brought the quot;southern, older elementquot; to the
island-region, or that possibly it entered this country via Central
America since phocene time.

The flora of Margarita is identical in appearance with that
of the adjacent mainland. Although more than 30 % of the 644
plants reported from Margarita in 1909 (Johnston), were not
known from the continent at that time, it may be concluded from
later investigations that a large part of them certainly occurs on
the mainland. The flora of Margarita appears to be wholly
composed of a southern, modern element, which is mixed with
species more widely spread throughout tropical America. This
strongly suggests the existence of a land- connection between the
continent and Margarita in quaternary time. The scanty flora
of Cubagua, Coche, Los Frailes and Los Testigos is not contra-
dictory to a similar supposition.

The flora of the Venezuelan Islands West of Margarita shows
some differences with that of the adjacent mainland, in having a
few species, which appear to be peculiar to the Leeward Group,
in common with the Dutch Islands. The islands show rather
obvious differences. There are httle data for palaeogeographical
conclusions.

The flora of Bonaire, Curagao and Aruba shows some obvious
differences with that of the adjacent mainland (Boldingh,
1914). There is a rather high percentage of endemism. It has a
noticeable affinity with that of the other Antilles; this, however,
appears to be rather insignificant if compared with the much
closer relationship of the South-American mainland-flora. The
islands show some differences. This suggests a rather long geo-
graphical isolation of the region, a former land-connection with
South America and, possibly, another land-connection explaining
Antillean affinities.

A topographical classification, based on the depth of
the sea, agrees with our faunal experiences, as Margarita and the
islands to its South and East are lying in a shallow sea and are
not separated from the mainland by much deeper water as in

-ocr page 143-

the case of the other islands. In this unstable region, other con-
clusions on topographical data are hardly to be expected. Aruba
is separated by a narrow channel of not more than 200 m deep
from the shallow mainland-waters; this situation does not corres-
pond with the considerable differences in the fauna of this island
and that of the continental-coast.

From a geological point of view all the islands, with
exception of Margarita, Cubagua, Coche and possibly Tortuga,
belong to the Antillean province, differing markedly from nor-
thern and middle Venezuela by lacking géosynclinal development
of tertiary deposits. On most of these islands abyssal and, partly
also, hypoabyssal rocks are found, derived from a quartzdioritic
magma, clearly differing from the rocks of the Caribbean coast-
range. It is possible that the peninsulas of Paraguana and
La Goajira belong to the same province.

The greater part of Paraguana and La Goajira was submerged
in early quaternary or pliocene time. The fauna, as far as known,
does not suggest a long geographical isolation of the archipelagos
which must have represented the mountainous region of these
peninsulas.

Cubagua, Tortuga, Los Roques with exception of El Gran
Roque, Las Aves, Klein Bonaire and Klein Curaçao, wholly con-
sist of quaternary coral-rock or are built up of sand and coral-
debris. According to this, the fauna is composed of the same
species which occur in the neighbouring islands or on the main-
land.

It might be assumed that the submarine plateau, from which
Margarita, Cubagua, Coche, Los Frailes and Los Testigos arise,
was above sea level in early pleistocene time. During this period
the schisty bases of Coche and southern Macanao were eroded,
on which afterwards, probably in connection with a positive
change of the sea level, the detritus-masses were deposited, now-
adays covering this region as well as Cubagua and a part of the
Araya-peninsula. An upheaval, in connection with a considerable
and still continuing differential movement followed, and a part
of the sediment was again removed, giving Margarita, Coche

-ocr page 144-

and Cubagua their present shape. The modern, continental fauna
of Margarita and Los Testigos fully complies with this notion of
geological history in later time.

Practically no data exist from which we can derive any idea
of the palaeogeography of the island-region between Margarita
and Bonaire. Blanquilla is still hmestone-capped at its eastern
side, but there is no indication that this older formation of coral-
rock extended over the whole island. In Los Hermanos, Or-
chila and the Gran Roque no older limestone occurs. These
islands may be remnants of a large stretch of land, according to
the general exposure of ancient rocks, implying a strong denu-
dation. The steep slopes of the smaller islands and the conside-
rable depth of the sea in their immediate vicinity suggest strong
tectonical movements in subrecent time. According to the fauna,
it is not likely that a direct or indirect land-connection with the
mainland existed in quaternary time.

In Bonaire, Curagao and Aruba, a positive change of sealevel
in early quaternary time, by which the greater part of the islands
was submerged, caused a deposition of hmestone upon the denu-
ded and abraded older rocks. After that, a shght upwarping of
the hmestone took place and the coral-rock of the central part,
with underlying rocks, were largely removed. Afterwards there
were several slow changes in level, both in a positive and in a
negative way and some tectonical movements, continuing until
the present time. Roughly estimated from the situation of these
hmestone-beds, more than Vg of each island-area were under
sea in early pleistocene time. According to the fauna it can
be taken for granted that Bonaire, Curagao and Aruba were
not wholly submerged.

From geological indication, the most recent land-connection
with a large stretch of land in the South is of uppermost cretacic
age, when the Soebi Bianco-conglomerates and the Midden Cu-
ragao-beds were deposited. Small areas of upper-eocene hme-
stone prove that in older tertiary time the former landconnection
had disappeared and the region was wholly submerged. From
the younger Tertiary practically nothing is known. An upwarping

-ocr page 145-

of the island-region followed, probably in the Lower-Ohgocene,
whilst in northern Venezuela sediments of enormous thickness
were deposited, the northern post-eocene geosynchne ending not
far from the present northcoast.

According to our zoogeographical knowledge, this island-region
was probably above sea-level since middle-tertiary time, succes-
sively connected with a stretch of land towards the North, inha-
bited by the ancient Antillean fauna, and with the South Ame-
rican continent towards the West or Southwest. Afterwards the
region was thoroughly scattered, forming the present territory of
Curaçao, Aruba, Bonaire and the Venezuelan Islands.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Aguerrevere, Pedro, L, 1936. Notas geolôgicas sobre Margarita y Coche.
Bol. Soc. Venez. Cienc. Nat 3, pp. 397—403, tab.

Allen, Glover, M., 1902. The Mammals of Margarita Island, Venezuela. Proc.
Biol. Soc. Washington 15,
pp. 91—97.

Baker, Horace Burrington, 1924. Land and Freshwater Molluscs of the Dutch
Leeward Islands. Occ.
Pap. Mas. Zool. Michigan 152, 159 pp., 21 tabb.

Barbour, Thomas et Noble, G. Kingsley, 1915. A Revision of the Lizards of
the Genus Ameiva.
Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard 59, pp. 417—479.

Bland, Thomas, 1861. On the Geographical Distribution of the Genera and
Species of Land Shells of the West India Islands...
Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist.
N. York 7,
pp. 9-35.

Bland, Thomas, 1866. Remarks on the Origin and Distribution of the Opercu-
lated Land Shells which inhabit the Continent of America and the West
Indies. Amer. J.
Conch. 2, pp. 54-63, 136-143, 349-370.

Boldingh, I., 1914. The Flora of Curaçao, Aruba and Bonaire. Leiden, xiv 4-
197 pp., 10 tabb.

Burt, Charles E., 1931. A Study of the Teiid Lizards of the Genus Cnemido-
phorus with special Reference to their phylogenetic Relationships.
Bull. U. S.
Nat Mus. 154,
286 pp., 38 figg.

Hummelinck, P. Wagenaar, 1933. Reisebericht. Zool. Ergebn. Bonaire, 1.
Zool. ]b. Syst. 64. pp. 289-326, 16 figg.

Hummelinck, P. Wagenaar, 1938. Notes on Agave in the Netherlands West
Indies and North Venezuela.
Reçu. Trav. Bot. Néerl. 35, pp. 14—28,
tabb. 1-4.

-ocr page 146-

Hummelinck, P. Wagenaar, 1938. Notes on the Cactaceae of Cin-açao, Aruba,
Bonaire and North Venezuela.
Reçu. Trav. Bof. Need. 35. pp. 29—55,
tabb. 5-12.

Johnston, John Robert, 1909. Rora of the Islands of Margarita and Coche,
Venezuela.
Proc. Bosfon Soc. Naf. Hisf. 34. pp. 163—312, tabb. 23—30.

Kobclt, W., 1880. Die Geographische Verbreitung der Mollusken, 3. Jb. Dfsch.
Malak. Ges. 7,
pp. 241-286.

Lowe, Percy B., 1911. A Naturalist on Desert Islands. London, xii 300 pp., ill.

Martin, K., 1888. Bericht über eine Reise nach Niederländisch WestJndien..., 1,
Land und Leute. Leiden, xiv 186 pp., ill. 2, Geologie. Leiden, ix 238
pp., ill.

Molengraaff, G. J. H., 1929. Geologie en Geohydrologie van het Eiland Cu-
raçao. diss. Delft, 126 pp., ill.

Pijpers, P. J., 1933. Geology and Paleontology of Bonaire (D.W. I.). Diss.
Utrecht 103, pp., ill.

Rost, M., 1938. Die Venezolanischen Inseln Las Aves, Los Roques, Las Orchi-
las ...
Z. Dfsch. Geol. Ges. 90. pp. 577—596, 6 figg.

Rutten, L. M. R., 1932. De Geologische Geschiedenis der drie Nederlandsche
Benedenwindsche Eilanden.
W. Ind. Gids 13. pp. 400-441, ill.

Rutten, L. M. R., 1934. Oude Land- en Zee-verbindingen in Midden Amerika
en West-Indië.
Tijdschr. Nederl. Aardr. Gen. 51. pp. 551—600, ill. [see also:
Geol. Rundschau 26. 1935]

Rutten, L. M. R., 1940. Remarks on the Geology of Colombia and Venezuela.
III. The Tertiary and the Caenozoic Tectonics.
Proc. Kon. Ak. Wefensch.
Amsterdam 43.
pp. 484-493, fig. 3.

Rutten, L. M. R., 1940. On the Geology of Margarita, Cubagua and Coche
(Venezuela).
Proc. Kon. Ak. Wefensch. Amsterdam 43. (in press)

Rutten, L. M. R., 1940. New Data on the smaller Islands North of Venezuela.
Proc. Kon. Ak. Wefensch. Amsterdam 43. (in press)

Sievers, W., 1898. Die Inseln vor der Nordküste von Venezuela. Globus 74,
pp. 163—165, 291—294, 302—307, fig.

Trelease, William, 1913. Agave in the West Indies. Mem. Ac. Sci. Washington
11.
55 pp., 7 figg., 116 tabb.

Vernhout, J. H., 1914. The Land- and Freshwater-Molluscs of the Dutch West-
Indian Islands.
Not. Zool. Mus. Leyden 36. pp. 177—189.

Werner, Franz, 1925. Zur Kenntnis der Fauna der Insel Bonaire. Z. Wiss.
Zool. 125.
pp. 533-556, 2 figg.

Westermann, J. H., 1932. The Geology of Aruba. Diss. Utrecht, 129 pp., ill.

-ocr page 147-

These quot;Studies on the Fauna of Curagao,
Aruba, Bonaire and the Venezuelan Islandsquot;
are to be continued.

-ocr page 148-

I a Rancheria at the northern coast of Cubagua. The island is flattened
and consists of limestone. The scanty vegetation is chiefly composed of scattered
shrubs of
Croton flavens, Opuntia catibaea and Opantia Weniiana. (Stat. 9 and
129 are situated in a small gully to the right)

I b Looking northward from the peninsula of Puerto Santo towards the Morro
de Puerto Santo (100 m), E. of C a r u p a n o. The rocks consist chiefly of
crystalline schists. The peninsula is covered by a considerable growth of shrubs
with much
Agave Cocui; the Morro has a scanty grassy plantcovering with
scattered
Lemaireocereas griseus, (see Stat. 125^—126)

-ocr page 149-

II a The Rio del Valle, Margarita, just above the Toma de Agua, with
large boulders of antigorite-rock. On Margarita this rather luxuriant vegetation
is confined to the higher and more protected parts of the Cerros de Copey.
(Stat. 144, near Stat. 26)

116 Looking northward across the valley of the Rio Asuncion, towards the
Cerros de Matasiete (600 m), an outcrop of granitic rocks in Margarita.
(Stat. 137 is situated in the background to the left)

-ocr page 150-

Ilia The Morro Grande of Tamarindo (200 m), seen from the Morro de la
Iguana, Los Testigos. The islands are build up of granitic rocks. The
foreground with a conspicuous growth of
Cereas margaritensis. (see Stat. 157

TAB. Ill

and Stat. 162-163)

III fe The Morro Grueso (180 m), seen from the Morro Fondeadero, Los
Hermanos. The foreground consists of hornblende-rock and is covered with
guano; showing conspicuous specimens of
Lemaireoceceus griseus. (see Stat. 169)

-ocr page 151-

IV a Limestone terraces between Fontein (1.) and Rooi Onima (r.), at the
northcoast of Bonaire. Approximate height of lowest-terrace (in foreground),
lower, higher and highest-terrace resp. 8, 20, 50 and 80 m. Vegetation with
conspicuous
Cercus repandus.

IV b Tanki Onima, Bonaire, after the rainy season. The valley of Onima
has been dammed for agricultural purposes; after rains the accumulated water
covers large areas which are later drying up. The isolated table-mountain, the
Kaumati (43 m), shows the crumbling of the elevated coral-limestone plateau
by removal of the underlying rock. (Stat. 46, near Stat. 194)

-ocr page 152-

V a Pos Jatoe Largoe, one of the numerous places in the limestone-plateau of
southern Bonaire, where the cavern-water is made accessible by roof-

collapse. (Stat, s.n.)

V b Bron Wandongo, at the foot of the escarpment of the higher coral-
limestone terrace of ffato, Curasao. A short iron pipe transmitting the
spring-water to a small pool with
Najas guadalupensis; trees of Hippomane
Mancinella
in the background. (Stat. 76—76A and Stat. 220)

-ocr page 153-

Vla Escarpment of the higher coral-limestone terrace near San Pedro,
Curagao. A vegetation with
Crofon flavens, Lemaireocereus gciseus and
Opaniia Wentiana predominating, (Stat. 226)

VI b Rooi Bringamosa, a river-bed in the diorite-landscape of central Aruba,
holding some water; looking northeastward towards the diabase-hill Arie Kok

(186 m). (Stat. 103)

-ocr page 154-

/Jl'J 1

VII a Exfoliated diorite-blocks, West of the ffooiberg, Aruba. The vegetation
is confined chiefly to
Jairopha gossypifoUa, Opuniia Wenfiana, Lemaireocereus
griseas
and Aloe vera; the dividivi-tree has been greatly deformed by the eastern

tradewind.

VII b Looking northward across the Estanque de Santa Ana, towards the Cerro
de Santa Ana (abt. 800 m), Paraguana. (Stat. 110)

-ocr page 155-

VTIIa Looking southward towards the Cerro de Santa Ana, an outcrop of
gabbroid-rock, dominating the peninsula of Paraguana. The mountains are
encircled by a rather high limestone-plateau which, in this locality, is covered
by thorny shrubs,
Opuntia Wentiana and conspicuous Lcmaireoccrcus griseus.

VIII b The Rio Calancala near San Antonio, a very shallow river South of the
peninsula of La Goajira. Indians are loading a canoe with dividivi for
transport to Rio Hacha. (Stat. 115)

-ocr page 156-

IX a Head of adult Odocoileus gymnotis curassavicus with shedded antlers,
Curasao. (Odoc. 5, holotype; just after death)

IX b Skull of adult male Odocoileus gymnotis curassavicus, Curasao, from
above and from the right. (Odoc. 5, holotype)

-ocr page 157-

X Skull of nine months old female Odocoitcus gymnotis curassavicus,
Curagao, from below, from above and from the right. (Odoc. 2,

paratype)

-ocr page 158-

^mfes- quot; ' i'

k '

XI Head of Sylvilagus nigronuchalis nigronuchalis from Falcon, Aruba,
from the right, from below and from above, showing the deep black nape,
(topotype; just after death)

-ocr page 159-

XII On the left: Gymnodactylus antillensis from Bronswinkel, Bonaire;
above the male with grey body and orange-red head, below the female. On the
right:
Gonatodes vittatus from Oranjestad, Aruba; above the female, below
the male, (from life, X ca ^Is)

-ocr page 160-

XIII Above on the left: Phyllodactylus julieni from Baca Morto, Aruba.

(from life. X Vc)

Above, on the right: Cnemidophorus lemniscatus arubensis from Oranjestad,
Aruba. (from life, X ^/s)
Below:
Leptotyphlops albifrons from Lima, Bonaire, silver coloured,
(from life, X 2)

-ocr page 161-

XIV Anolis lineatus from Hato, C u r a 5 a o, from above (nat. size) and from
the right, same specimen, (from life)

-ocr page 162-

XV Above, from left to right: Tudora rupis muskusi, St. 242A, and Tudora
rupis grandiensis,
St. 225. Below: Tudora rupis rupis, 2 specimens, St. 206, and
Tudora rupis hafoensis, holotype, St. 217; all from Curagao. (X ''I2)

-ocr page 163-

XVI a Cerion uva from Curagao; from left to right, 1—3 St. 220, 4—5 St.
242. Whorls in cross-section, showing structure of axis, axial-lamellae, parietal-
tooth and the occurrence of parietal and palatal-teeth in young specimens..(X ''/s)

XVI fc From left to right: Tudora maculata from Bonaire, St. 190. (X 10)
Tudora aurantia from Bonaire, St. 197 and St. 184, showing sculpture-

differences. (X '^k)

-ocr page 164-

STELLINGEN.

I

Het respiratoir quotiënt van regenwormen is belangrijk hooger
dan uit gaswisselingsmetingen blijkt.

II

De oppervlaktevergrootingen, die men aantreft bij zomer-tempo-
raalvariëteiten van daphnia's, moeten niet als zweefinrichtingen
worden beschouwd.

III

Het scyphomedusen-geslacht Cassiopea is niet homogeen; het
ware gewenscht, dat
Cassiopea frondosa werd beschouwd als het
geno-type van
Polyclonia L. Agassiz.

IV

Het is niet waarschijnlijk, dat de zoetwater kwal, Craspedacusta
marginata
(Modeer), in Europa is geïmporteerd.

V

De term indo-pacifisch, voor zoover gebruikt in de marine Zoo-
geographie, moet worden vermeden, daar hij tot verwarring aan-
leiding geeft.

VI

De Agaven van de Benedenwindsche Eilanden vertoonen geen
bijzondere verwantschap met die van de overige Antillen.

VII

Alle cactussoorten, welke voorkomen op het eiland Curagao, met
uitzondering van die van het geslacht
Melocactus, waren vóór
Linnaeus' tijd al in wetenschappelijke kringen bekend.

-ocr page 165-
-ocr page 166-

Aan de geldige publicatie van namen behooren strengere eischen
te worden gesteld dan in Art. 36 van de regels voor de Botanische
Nomenclatuur zijn aangegeven.

IX

De holten in de diorietblokken op Aruba hebben met een vroegere
transgressie niets te maken, maar zijn toe te schrijven aan een vorm
van physische verweering, welke heden ten dage nog actief is.

X

De aanwezigheid van kalksteengrotten beneden den water-
spiegel behoeft niet te wijzen op een daling van het land.

XI

Het ontstaan van de valleien in den buitenrand van het N.W.
Atlantische plat, kan door het samengaan van subaerische en sub-
marine processen aannemelijk worden gemaakt.

XII

Het is zeer onwaarschijnlijk, dat het phosphoriet van El Gran
Roque op een dergelijke ingewikkelde wijze is ontstaan, als door
Rost (in: Z. Dtsch. Geol. Ges. 1938) wordt aangenomen.

XIII

Het eiland Bonaire is uitnemend geschikt voor het vestigen van
een biologisch station.

Kammelinck 1940

-ocr page 167- -ocr page 168-

i V, ■

\ ' *

,. .«cl*.

' v ;

K' -«..V-V.- ■-•M^

-ocr page 169-

Jf. gt;

-ocr page 170-

S

• • .V. lt;

-ocr page 171-

nj

r

vJ

'imm